]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #15206 from anitazha/systoomd-v0
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 247 in spe:
4
5 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.12 introduced two new uevents
6 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
7 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
8 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
9 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
10 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
11 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
12 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
13 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
14 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
15 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
16 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
17 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
18 change that happened back in Linux 4.12, but is becoming more and
19 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
20
21 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
22 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
23 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
24 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
25 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
26 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
27 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
28 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
29 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
30 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
31 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
32 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
33 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
34 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
35 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
36
37 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
38 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
39 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
40 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
41 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
42 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
43 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
44 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
45 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
46 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
47
48 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.12 and newer it is
49 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
50 handle the new events. Specifically:
51
52 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
53 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
54 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
55 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
56 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
57 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
58 generated, for all other device types this change is still
59 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
60 future kernel uevent type additions).
61
62 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
63 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
64 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
65 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
66 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
67 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
68 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
69 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
70 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
71 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
72 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
73 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
74
75 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
76 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
77 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
78 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
79 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
80 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
81 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
82 above).
83
84 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
85 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
86 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
87 behaviour change.
88
89 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
90 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
91 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
92 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
93 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
94
95 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
96 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
97 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
98 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
99 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
100 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
101 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
102 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
103 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
104 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
105 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
106 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
107 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
108
109 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
110 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
111 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
112 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
113 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
114 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
115 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
116 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
117 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
118 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
119 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
120 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
121 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
122 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
123 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
124 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
125 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
126 they now are optional during runtime.
127
128 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
129 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
130 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
131 which installs absolute timers.
132
133 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
134 mode, which may be controlled via the new
135 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
136 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
137 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
138 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
139 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
140 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
141 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
142 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
143
144 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
145 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
146 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
147 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
148 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
149 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
150 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
151 dispatched).
152
153 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
154 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
155 the RootImage= setting.
156
157 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
158 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
159 to the service.
160
161 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
162 --json= switch.
163
164 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
165 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
166 authentication request.
167
168 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
169 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
170 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
171 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
172 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
173 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
174 empty.
175
176 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
177 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
178 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
179 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
180 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
181 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
182 image to be applied onto the image.
183
184 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
185 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
186 in OS disk images.
187
188 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
189 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
190 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
191 other output modes.
192
193 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
194 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
195 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
196 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
197
198 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
199 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
200 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
201 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
202 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
203 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
204 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
205 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
206 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
207 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
208
209 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
210 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
211 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
212 recursively to whole subtrees.
213
214 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
215 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
216 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
217 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
218 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
219 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
220 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
221 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
222
223 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
224 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
225 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
226 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
227 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
228 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
229 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
230 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
231 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
232 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
233 system asks for a password.
234
235 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
236 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
237 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
238 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
239 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
240 up.
241
242 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
243 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
244 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
245
246 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
247 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
248 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
249 virtualization.
250
251 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
252 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
253 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
254 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
255 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
256 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
257 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
258 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
259 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
260 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
261 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
262 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
263 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
264 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
265 directories:
266
267 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
268
269 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
270 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
271 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
272
273 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
274 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
275 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
276 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
277
278 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
279 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
280
281 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
282 system calls that are contained in @known will result in a EPERM by
283 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
284 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
285 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
286 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
287 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
288 applications.
289
290 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
291 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
292 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
293 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
294 build time.
295
296 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
297 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
298 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
299 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
300 system call filter policy.
301
302 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
303 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
304 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
305 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
306 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
307 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
308 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
309 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
310 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
311
312 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
313 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
314 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
315 exited.
316
317 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
318 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
319
320 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
321 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
322 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
323 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
324 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
325 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
326 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
327 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
328 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
329 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
330 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
331 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
332 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
333 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
334 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
335 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
336 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
337 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
338 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
339 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
340 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
341 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
342
343 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
344 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
345 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
346 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
347 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
348 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
349 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
350 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
351 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
352 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
353 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
354 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
355 aforementioned service settings.
356
357 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
358 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
359 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
360 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
361 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
362 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
363 and populated — there is no time window where they are
364 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
365 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
366 will start from the beginning.
367
368 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
369 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
370 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
371 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
372
373 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
374 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
375 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
376 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
377 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
378 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
379 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
380 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
381 on, including in the initrd.
382
383 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
384 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
385 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
386 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
387
388 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
389 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
390 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
391 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
392 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
393
394 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
395 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
396 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
397 this property in its status output.
398
399 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
400 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
401 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
402 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
403 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
404 more similarly to nss-resolve.
405
406 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
407 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
408 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
409 ctime.
410
411 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
412 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
413
414 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
415 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
416 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
417 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
418 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
419 having to rebuild systemd.
420
421 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
422 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
423 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
424 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
425 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
426 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
427 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
428 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
429
430 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
431 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
432 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
433 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
434 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
435 hardlinks.
436
437 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
438 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
439 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
440
441 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
442 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
443 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
444 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
445
446 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
447 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting. VXLAN tunnels may
448 now be marked to be independent of any underlying network interface
449 via the new Independent= boolean setting.
450
451 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
452 special values _dhcp4 and _ipv6ra to configure additional, locally
453 defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or IPv6
454 Router Advertisements.
455
456 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
457 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
458 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
459 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
460 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
461 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
462 debuggable.
463
464 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
465 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
466 specifications as before. If "kill" the the processes are killed on
467 the event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
468
469 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
470 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
471
472 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
473 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
474 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
475 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
476 environments where the root file system is
477 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
478 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
479
480 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
481 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
482 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
483 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
484 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
485 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
486 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
487 later).
488
489 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
490 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
491 working with heavily threaded programs.
492
493 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
494 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
495 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
496 desirable.
497
498 * When building systemd the Meson option
499 -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries may now be specified. If enabled,
500 systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs, instead
501 of using the built-in values selected during build-time. This is an
502 option to improve compatibility for upgrades from old systems. It's
503 strongly recommended not to make use of this functionality on new
504 systems (or even enable it during build), as it makes something
505 runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation detail of the
506 OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments that create all
507 kinds of problems in the long run.
508
509 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
510 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
511 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
512 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
513 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
514 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
515
516 CHANGES WITH 246:
517
518 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
519 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
520 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
521
522 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
523 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
524
525 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
526 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
527 based on the NUMA mask.
528
529 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
530 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
531 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
532
533 * Two new unit file settings
534 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
535 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
536 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
537 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
538
539 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
540 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
541 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
542 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
543 instance).
544
545 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
546 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
547 service's processes shall include.
548
549 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
550 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
551 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
552 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
553
554 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
555 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
556 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
557 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
558 depending on socket type.
559
560 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
561 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
562 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
563 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
564 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
565 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
566 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
567 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
568 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
569 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
570
571 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
572 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
573 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
574 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
575 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
576 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
577 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
578 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
579
580 * .service unit files gained two new options
581 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
582 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
583 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
584
585 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
586 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
587 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
588 prefix is used.
589
590 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
591 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
592 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
593 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
594 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
595 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
596 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
597 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
598 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
599 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
600 key/certificate parameters support this now.
601
602 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
603 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
604 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
605 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
606 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
607 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
608
609 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
610 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
611 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
612 finally gone now.
613
614 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
615 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
616 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
617 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
618
619 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
620 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
621 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
622 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
623 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
624 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
625 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
626 which is quite likely a major security problem.
627
628 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
629 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
630 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
631 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
632 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
633
634 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
635 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
636 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
637 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
638 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
639
640 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
641 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
642 boot.
643
644 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
645 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
646 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
647 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
648 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
649 device.
650
651 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
652 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
653 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
654
655 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
656 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
657 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
658 conditions.
659
660 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
661 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
662 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
663 in order to make test cases more reliable.
664
665 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
666 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
667 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
668 the process that faulted.
669
670 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
671 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
672 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
673
674 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
675 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
676 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
677 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
678 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
679
680 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
681 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
682 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
683 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
684 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
685
686 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
687 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
688 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
689 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
690 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
691
692 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
693 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
694 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
695 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
696 frame ring buffer sizes.
697
698 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
699 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
700
701 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
702 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
703
704 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
705 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
706 automatically assigned to the interface.
707
708 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
709 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
710 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
711 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
712 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
713 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
714 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
715 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
716 mode for Assign=.
717
718 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
719 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
720 source addresses.
721
722 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
723 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
724 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
725 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
726 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
727 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
728 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
729 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
730 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
731 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
732
733 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
734 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
735 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
736 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
737 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
738 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
739 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
740
741 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
742 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
743 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
744 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
745 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
746 the RA packets suggest it.
747
748 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
749 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
750 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
751 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
752
753 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
754 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
755 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
756 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
757 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
758 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
759 field.
760
761 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
762 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
763 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
764 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
765 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
766 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
767
768 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
769 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
770
771 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
772 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
773 the VLAN protocol to use.
774
775 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
776 of the .network files, to control the link group.
777
778 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
779 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
780 link local address is generated.
781
782 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
783 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
784 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
785 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
786 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
787 carefully picking an interface name to use.
788
789 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
790 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
791
792 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
793 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
794
795 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
796 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
797 are still understood to provide compatibility.
798
799 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
800 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
801 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
802 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
803 interfaces up or down.
804
805 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
806 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
807 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
808 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
809 interface may be specified (after "%").
810
811 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
812 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
813 public DNS servers are not used.
814
815 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
816
817 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
818 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
819 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
820 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
821 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
822 defined by systemd-resolved).
823
824 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
825 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
826 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
827
828 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
829 --property=…".
830
831 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
832 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
833 use --plain.
834
835 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
836 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
837 being deprecated in favor of this option.
838
839 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
840 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
841 process itself.
842
843 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
844 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
845 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
846 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
847 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
848 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
849 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
850 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
851 implementations.
852
853 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
854 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
855 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
856 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
857 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
858 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
859 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
860 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
861 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
862
863 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
864 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
865 initialization.
866
867 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
868 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
869 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
870
871 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
872 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
873 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
874 without any decoration.
875
876 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
877 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
878 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
879 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
880 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
881 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
882
883 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
884 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
885 coredump data from.
886
887 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
888 the zstd algorithm.
889
890 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
891 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
892 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
893 not block clean file system unmounting.
894
895 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
896 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
897 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
898
899 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
900 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
901 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
902 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
903
904 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
905 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
906
907 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
908 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
909 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
910 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
911 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
912 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
913 instead of operating on actual block devices.
914
915 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
916 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
917
918 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
919 instead of 0.
920
921 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
922 specifier expansion.
923
924 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
925 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
926 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
927 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
928 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
929
930 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
931 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
932 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
933 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
934 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
935
936 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
937 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
938 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
939 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
940 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
941 --fido2-device= option.
942
943 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
944 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
945 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
946 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
947 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
948 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
949 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
950
951 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
952 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
953 changed from ext2 to ext4.
954
955 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
956 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
957 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
958 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
959 before the system continues to boot.
960
961 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
962 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
963 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
964 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
965 instead of at installation time.
966
967 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
968 volumes with automatically from files in
969 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
970 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
971
972 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
973 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
974
975 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
976 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
977 instance.
978
979 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
980 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
981 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
982 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
983
984 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
985 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
986
987 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
988 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
989 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
990 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
991 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
992 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
993 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
994 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
995 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
996 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
997 incremental).
998
999 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
1000 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
1001 which it then operates.
1002
1003 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
1004 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
1005 directories for various resources.
1006
1007 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
1008 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
1009 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
1010 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
1011 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
1012 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
1013 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
1014 via the new --no-block switch.
1015
1016 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
1017 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
1018 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
1019 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
1020 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
1021 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
1022 case.
1023
1024 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
1025 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
1026 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
1027 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
1028
1029 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
1030 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
1031 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
1032 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
1033 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
1034
1035 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
1036 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
1037 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
1038 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
1039 vtable is associated with.
1040
1041 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
1042 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
1043 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
1044 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
1045
1046 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
1047 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
1048 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
1049
1050 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
1051
1052 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
1053 document the methods, signals and properties.
1054
1055 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
1056 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
1057 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
1058 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
1059 desktops has been added:
1060
1061 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
1062 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
1063 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
1064
1065 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
1066 and has now moved to:
1067
1068 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
1069
1070 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
1071 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
1072 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
1073 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
1074 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
1075 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
1076 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
1077
1078 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
1079 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
1080 target of the service during runtime.
1081
1082 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
1083 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
1084 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
1085
1086 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
1087 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
1088 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
1089 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
1090 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
1091 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
1092 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
1093 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
1094 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
1095 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
1096 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
1097 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1098 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
1099 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
1100 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
1101 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
1102 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
1103 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
1104 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
1105 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
1106 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
1107 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
1108 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
1109 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
1110 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
1111 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
1112 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
1113 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
1114 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
1115 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
1116 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
1117 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
1118 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
1119 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
1120 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
1121 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
1122 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1123 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1124
1125 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
1126
1127 CHANGES WITH 245:
1128
1129 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
1130 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
1131 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
1132 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
1133 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
1134 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
1135 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
1136 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
1137 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
1138 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
1139 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
1140 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
1141 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
1142 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
1143 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
1144 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
1145 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
1146 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
1147 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
1148 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
1149 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
1150
1151 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
1152 "systemd-userdb.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
1153 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
1154 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
1155 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
1156 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
1157 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
1158 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
1159 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
1160 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
1161 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
1162 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
1163 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
1164 that for the first time resource management and various other
1165 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
1166 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
1167 to apply on login. For further details see:
1168
1169 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
1170 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
1171 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
1172
1173 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
1174 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
1175 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
1176 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
1177 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
1178 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
1179 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
1180 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
1181 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
1182
1183 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
1184
1185 For further details about the format and expectations on home
1186 directories this new daemon makes, see:
1187
1188 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
1189
1190 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
1191 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
1192 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
1193 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
1194 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
1195 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
1196 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
1197 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
1198 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
1199 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
1200 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
1201 usage limitations and other settings.
1202
1203 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
1204 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
1205 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
1206 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
1207 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
1208 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
1209 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
1210 resource usage.
1211
1212 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
1213 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
1214
1215 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
1216 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
1217 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
1218 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
1219 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
1220
1221 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
1222 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
1223 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
1224 itself and the default for all other processes.
1225
1226 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
1227 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
1228 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
1229 database into account.
1230
1231 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
1232 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
1233 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
1234 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
1235
1236 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
1237 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
1238 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
1239 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
1240 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
1241 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
1242 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
1243 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
1244 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
1245 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
1246
1247 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
1248 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
1249 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
1250 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
1251 event source watching it is freed).
1252
1253 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
1254 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
1255 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
1256 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
1257
1258 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
1259 (IFB) network devices.
1260
1261 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
1262 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
1263
1264 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
1265 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
1266 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
1267 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
1268 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
1269 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
1270
1271 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
1272 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
1273 with its sense inverted.
1274
1275 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
1276 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
1277 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
1278
1279 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
1280 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
1281 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
1282
1283 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
1284 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
1285 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
1286 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
1287 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
1288 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
1289 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
1290
1291 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
1292 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
1293 debugging purposes.
1294
1295 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
1296 group named differently than the user.
1297
1298 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
1299 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
1300 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
1301
1302 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
1303 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
1304 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
1305 /etc/fstab.
1306
1307 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
1308 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
1309 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
1310 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
1311
1312 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
1313 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
1314 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
1315 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
1316
1317 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
1318 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
1319 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
1320 Bernard.
1321
1322 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
1323 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
1324 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
1325 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
1326 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
1327 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
1328 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
1329 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
1330 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
1331 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
1332 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
1333
1334 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
1335 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
1336 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
1337 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
1338 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
1339 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
1340 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
1341 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
1342 command line option.
1343
1344 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
1345 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
1346
1347 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
1348 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
1349 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
1350 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
1351 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
1352 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
1353 systemd-timedated.
1354
1355 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
1356 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
1357 GPT partition table types.
1358
1359 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
1360 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
1361 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
1362
1363 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
1364
1365 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
1366 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
1367 for the respective units.
1368
1369 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
1370 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
1371 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
1372
1373 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
1374 "status" output.
1375
1376 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
1377 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
1378 disappear.
1379
1380 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
1381 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
1382 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
1383 address is used.
1384
1385 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
1386 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
1387 dropped from the individual setting names.
1388
1389 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
1390 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
1391 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
1392 such files in version 243.
1393
1394 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
1395 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
1396 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
1397
1398 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
1399 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
1400 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
1401
1402 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
1403 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
1404 with stopping and disablement.
1405
1406 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
1407 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
1408 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
1409 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
1410 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
1411 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
1412 some internal systemd services (most notably
1413 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
1414 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
1415 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
1416 this systemd release. See
1417 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
1418 additional discussion.
1419
1420 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
1421 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
1422 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
1423 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
1424 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
1425 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
1426 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1427 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
1428 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
1429 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
1430 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
1431 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
1432 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
1433 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
1434 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
1435 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
1436 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
1437 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
1438 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
1439 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
1440 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
1441 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
1442 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
1443 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
1444 DONG
1445
1446 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
1447
1448 CHANGES WITH 244:
1449
1450 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
1451 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
1452 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
1453 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
1454
1455 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
1456 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
1457 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
1458 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
1459
1460 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
1461 units.
1462
1463 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
1464 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
1465 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
1466 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
1467 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
1468 set the EFI variable.
1469
1470 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
1471 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
1472 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
1473 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
1474 and overrides the systemd setting.
1475
1476 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
1477 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
1478 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
1479 effect.)
1480
1481 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
1482 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
1483 that affects all corresponding unit files.
1484
1485 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
1486 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
1487
1488 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
1489 the unit being shown.
1490
1491 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
1492 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
1493 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
1494 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
1495 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
1496
1497 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
1498 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
1499 which need to use them.
1500
1501 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
1502 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
1503 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
1504 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
1505 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
1506 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
1507 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
1508 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
1509 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
1510 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
1511
1512 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
1513 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
1514 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
1515 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
1516 security tokens that were used previously.
1517
1518 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
1519 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
1520 improve power saving with many more devices.
1521
1522 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
1523 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
1524 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
1525
1526 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
1527 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
1528 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
1529 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
1530 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
1531
1532 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
1533 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
1534 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
1535 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
1536 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
1537
1538 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
1539 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
1540
1541 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
1542 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
1543
1544 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
1545 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
1546 now supported.
1547
1548 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
1549 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
1550
1551 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
1552 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
1553 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
1554
1555 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
1556 received from the server.
1557
1558 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
1559 set.
1560
1561 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
1562 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
1563
1564 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
1565 using a new SendOption= setting.
1566
1567 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
1568 service type" value used by the client.
1569
1570 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
1571 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
1572
1573 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
1574 a new SendOption= setting.
1575
1576 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
1577 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
1578
1579 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
1580 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
1581
1582 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
1583 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
1584 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
1585
1586 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
1587 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
1588 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
1589 BSSID for wireless links.
1590
1591 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
1592 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
1593
1594 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
1595 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
1596
1597 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
1598 disciplines in the kernel using the new
1599 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
1600 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
1601 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
1602 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
1603
1604 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
1605
1606 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
1607 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
1608 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
1609 on its own).
1610
1611 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
1612 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
1613 of the present time.
1614
1615 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
1616 reproducible image builds easier).
1617
1618 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
1619 Specification.
1620
1621 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
1622 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
1623 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
1624 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
1625
1626 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
1627 is being used.
1628
1629 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
1630
1631 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
1632 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
1633 path as the system manager.
1634
1635 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
1636 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
1637 representation").
1638
1639 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
1640 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
1641 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
1642 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
1643 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
1644 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
1645 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
1646 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
1647
1648 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
1649 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
1650 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
1651 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
1652 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
1653 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
1654 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
1655 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
1656 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
1657 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1658 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
1659 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
1660 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
1661 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
1662 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
1663 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
1664 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
1665 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
1666 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
1667 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
1668 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
1669 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
1670 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1671
1672 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
1673
1674 CHANGES WITH 243:
1675
1676 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
1677 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
1678 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
1679 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
1680 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
1681 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
1682 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
1683 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
1684
1685 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
1686 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
1687 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
1688 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
1689 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
1690 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
1691 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
1692 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
1693 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
1694 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
1695 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
1696 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
1697 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
1698 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
1699 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
1700 documentation.
1701
1702 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
1703 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
1704 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
1705 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
1706 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
1707 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
1708 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
1709 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
1710 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
1711 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
1712 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
1713 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
1714 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
1715 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
1716 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
1717 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
1718
1719 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
1720 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
1721 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
1722 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
1723
1724 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
1725 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
1726
1727 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
1728 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
1729 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
1730 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
1731 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
1732 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
1733 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
1734 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
1735 caught up with the kernel API changes.
1736
1737 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
1738 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
1739 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
1740 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
1741 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
1742 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
1743 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
1744 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
1745 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
1746 packagers.
1747
1748 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
1749 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
1750
1751 build/man/man systemctl
1752 build/man/html systemd.index
1753
1754 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
1755 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
1756
1757 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
1758 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
1759 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
1760 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
1761 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
1762 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
1763
1764 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
1765 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
1766 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
1767 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
1768 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
1769 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
1770 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
1771 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
1772 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
1773 unambiguously distinguished.
1774
1775 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
1776 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
1777 very rarely used.
1778
1779 To replace this functionality, users should:
1780 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
1781 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
1782 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
1783 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
1784 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
1785
1786 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
1787 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
1788 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
1789 interfaces should really be matched.
1790
1791 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
1792 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
1793 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
1794 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
1795 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
1796 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
1797
1798 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
1799 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
1800 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
1801 stop the whole unit.
1802
1803 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
1804 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
1805 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
1806 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
1807 generated whenever a unit stops.
1808
1809 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
1810 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
1811 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
1812 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
1813
1814 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
1815 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
1816 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
1817 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
1818 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
1819
1820 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
1821 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
1822 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
1823 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
1824 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
1825 programs set up externally.
1826
1827 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
1828 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
1829 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
1830 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
1831
1832 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
1833 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
1834 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
1835 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
1836 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
1837 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
1838 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
1839
1840 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
1841 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
1842 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
1843 as before.
1844
1845 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
1846 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
1847 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
1848 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
1849 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
1850 links on terminals that support that.
1851
1852 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
1853 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
1854 unmounted safely during shutdown.
1855
1856 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
1857
1858 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
1859 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
1860 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
1861 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
1862 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
1863 The default remains unchanged.
1864
1865 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
1866 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
1867
1868 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
1869 udev property.
1870
1871 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
1872 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
1873 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
1874
1875 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
1876 interfaces natively.
1877
1878 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
1879 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
1880 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
1881 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
1882
1883 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
1884 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
1885 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
1886 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
1887 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
1888 RELEASE message when terminating.
1889
1890 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
1891 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
1892
1893 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
1894 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
1895 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
1896 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
1897 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
1898 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
1899 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
1900
1901 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
1902 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
1903 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
1904 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
1905 added to the GENEVE support.
1906
1907 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
1908 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
1909 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
1910 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
1911 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
1912
1913 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
1914 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
1915 onto the network device.
1916
1917 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
1918 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
1919 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
1920 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
1921 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
1922
1923 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
1924 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
1925 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
1926
1927 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
1928 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
1929
1930 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
1931 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
1932
1933 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
1934 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
1935 statistics.
1936
1937 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
1938 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
1939 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
1940
1941 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
1942 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
1943
1944 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
1945 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
1946 specific udev properties.
1947
1948 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
1949 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
1950 "lo" as underlying device.
1951
1952 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
1953 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
1954 IP addresses, too.
1955
1956 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
1957 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
1958 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
1959 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
1960
1961 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
1962 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
1963 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
1964 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
1965
1966 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
1967 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
1968 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
1969
1970 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
1971 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
1972 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
1973
1974 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
1975
1976 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
1977 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
1978 does the same for recurring calendar events.
1979
1980 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
1981 durations as opposed to points in time).
1982
1983 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
1984 expressions.
1985
1986 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
1987 codes to their names and back.
1988
1989 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
1990 file paths and unit aliases.
1991
1992 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
1993 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
1994 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
1995 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
1996
1997 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
1998 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
1999 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
2000 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
2001 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
2002 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
2003 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
2004 udev rules for that purpose.
2005
2006 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
2007 a device to be initialized.
2008
2009 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
2010 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
2011 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
2012
2013 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
2014 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
2015 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
2016 with gcc's cleanup extension.
2017
2018 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
2019 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
2020 with printf().
2021
2022 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
2023 XML introspection data unmodified.
2024
2025 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
2026 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
2027 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
2028 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
2029
2030 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
2031 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
2032 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
2033 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
2034 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
2035 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
2036 configured to handle the watchdog.
2037
2038 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
2039 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
2040 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
2041
2042 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
2043 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
2044 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
2045
2046 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
2047 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
2048 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
2049 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
2050 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
2051
2052 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
2053 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
2054 review.
2055
2056 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
2057 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
2058
2059 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
2060 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
2061
2062 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
2063 failures to apply them are now ignored.
2064
2065 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
2066 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
2067 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
2068 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
2069
2070 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
2071 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
2072 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
2073 service.
2074
2075 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
2076 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
2077 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
2078 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
2079 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
2080 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
2081 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
2082 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
2083 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
2084 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
2085 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
2086 a seed was received from the boot loader.
2087
2088 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
2089
2090 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
2091 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
2092 above.
2093
2094 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
2095 installed.
2096
2097 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
2098 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
2099 bootloader entry).
2100
2101 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
2102 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
2103
2104 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
2105
2106 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
2107 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
2108 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
2109 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
2110 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
2111
2112 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
2113 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
2114 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
2115
2116 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
2117 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
2118
2119 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
2120 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
2121 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
2122
2123 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
2124 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
2125 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
2126 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
2127 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
2128 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
2129 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
2130 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
2131 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
2132 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
2133 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
2134 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
2135 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
2136 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
2137 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
2138 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
2139 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
2140 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
2141 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2142 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
2143 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
2144 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
2145 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
2146 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
2147 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
2148 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
2149 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
2150 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
2151 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
2152 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
2153
2154 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
2155
2156 CHANGES WITH 242:
2157
2158 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
2159 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
2160 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
2161 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
2162 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
2163 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
2164 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
2165
2166 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
2167 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
2168
2169 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
2170 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
2171 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
2172 may be used to view this.
2173
2174 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
2175 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
2176 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
2177 ```
2178 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
2179 [Match]
2180 Type=bridge
2181
2182 [Link]
2183 MACAddressPolicy=none
2184 ```
2185
2186 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
2187 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
2188 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
2189 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
2190 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
2191 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
2192 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
2193
2194 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
2195 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
2196
2197 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
2198 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
2199
2200 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
2201 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
2202
2203 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
2204 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
2205 is a USB peripheral).
2206
2207 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
2208 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
2209 measured.
2210
2211 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
2212 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
2213 have privileges to do so).
2214
2215 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
2216 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
2217 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
2218
2219 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
2220 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
2221 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
2222 namespace.
2223
2224 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
2225 in which case environment variable substitution is
2226 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
2227
2228 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
2229 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
2230 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
2231 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
2232 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
2233
2234 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
2235 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
2236 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
2237 installed CPU cores.
2238
2239 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
2240 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
2241 kernel 4.15.
2242
2243 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
2244 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
2245 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
2246 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
2247 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
2248
2249 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
2250 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
2251 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
2252
2253 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
2254 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
2255 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
2256 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
2257 enslaved devices is not operational.
2258
2259 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
2260 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
2261
2262 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
2263 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
2264 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
2265 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
2266 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
2267 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
2268
2269 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
2270 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
2271
2272 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
2273
2274 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
2275 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
2276 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
2277
2278 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
2279 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
2280
2281 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
2282 configure CAN triple sampling.
2283
2284 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
2285 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
2286
2287 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
2288 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
2289 details.
2290
2291 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
2292 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
2293 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
2294 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
2295 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
2296 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
2297
2298 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
2299
2300 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
2301 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
2302 controlling project quota inheritance.
2303
2304 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
2305 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
2306 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
2307 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
2308 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
2309 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
2310 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
2311 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
2312 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
2313 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
2314 partition.
2315
2316 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
2317 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
2318 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
2319 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
2320 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
2321
2322 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
2323 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
2324
2325 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
2326 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
2327 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
2328 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
2329 be used in production yet.
2330
2331 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
2332 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
2333 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
2334 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
2335 input, output, and error are set up.
2336
2337 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
2338
2339 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
2340 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
2341 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
2342
2343 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
2344 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
2345 the specified expression will elapse next.
2346
2347 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
2348 introspection data.
2349
2350 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
2351 the reboot() system call expects.
2352
2353 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
2354 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
2355 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
2356
2357 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
2358 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
2359 ConditionVirtualization=).
2360
2361 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
2362 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
2363 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
2364 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
2365 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
2366 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
2367 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
2368 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
2369 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
2370 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
2371 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
2372 during reboot with their own operations.
2373
2374 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
2375 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
2376 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
2377 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
2378
2379 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
2380 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
2381 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
2382 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
2383 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
2384
2385 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
2386 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
2387
2388 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
2389 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
2390 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
2391 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
2392 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
2393 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
2394 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
2395 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
2396 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
2397
2398 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
2399 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
2400 prohibited.
2401
2402 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
2403 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
2404 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
2405 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
2406 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
2407 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
2408 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
2409 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
2410
2411 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
2412 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
2413 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
2414 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
2415 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
2416 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
2417 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
2418 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
2419 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
2420 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
2421 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2422 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
2423 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
2424 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
2425 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
2426 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
2427 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
2428 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2429
2430 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
2431
2432 CHANGES WITH 241:
2433
2434 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
2435 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
2436 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
2437
2438 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
2439 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
2440 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
2441 include the package release information.
2442
2443 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
2444 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
2445 option.
2446
2447 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
2448 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
2449 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
2450
2451 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
2452 again.
2453
2454 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
2455 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
2456 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
2457 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
2458 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
2459 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
2460 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
2461 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
2462 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
2463 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
2464 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
2465 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
2466 installed .link files to *not* include it.
2467
2468 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
2469 "persistent", now works again as documented.
2470
2471 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
2472 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
2473
2474 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
2475 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
2476 used for side-channel attacks.
2477
2478 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
2479 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
2480 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
2481
2482 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
2483 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
2484 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
2485 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
2486 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
2487 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
2488
2489 fs.protected_regular = 0
2490 fs.protected_fifos = 0
2491
2492 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
2493 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
2494
2495 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
2496 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
2497 POSIX shells.
2498
2499 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
2500 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
2501
2502 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
2503 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
2504 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
2505 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
2506 points but otherwise empty.
2507
2508 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
2509 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
2510 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
2511
2512 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
2513 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
2514
2515 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
2516 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
2517
2518 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
2519 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
2520 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
2521 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
2522 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
2523 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
2524 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
2525 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
2526 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
2527 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2528 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2529 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
2530 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
2531 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
2532 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
2533 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2534 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
2535
2536 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
2537
2538 CHANGES WITH 240:
2539
2540 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
2541 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
2542 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
2543 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
2544 an SELinux policy update is required.
2545 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
2546
2547 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
2548 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
2549 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
2550 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
2551 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
2552 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
2553 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
2554 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
2555 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
2556 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
2557
2558 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
2559 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
2560 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
2561 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
2562 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
2563 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
2564 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
2565 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
2566 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
2567 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
2568 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
2569 the search path.
2570
2571 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
2572 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
2573 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
2574 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
2575 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
2576 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
2577 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
2578 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
2579 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
2580 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
2581 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
2582 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
2583 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
2584 start job.
2585
2586 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
2587 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
2588 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
2589 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
2590 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
2591 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
2592 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
2593 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
2594 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
2595 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
2596
2597 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
2598 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
2599 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
2600 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
2601 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
2602 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
2603 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
2604 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
2605 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
2606 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
2607 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
2608 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
2609 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
2610 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
2611 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
2612 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
2613 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
2614 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
2615 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
2616 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
2617 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
2618 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
2619 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
2620 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
2621 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
2622 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
2623 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
2624 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
2625 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
2626 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
2627 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
2628 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
2629 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
2630 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
2631 Java.)
2632
2633 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
2634 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
2635 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
2636 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
2637 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
2638 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
2639 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
2640 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
2641 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
2642 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
2643
2644 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
2645 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
2646 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
2647 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
2648 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
2649 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
2650
2651 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
2652 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
2653 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
2654 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
2655 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
2656
2657 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
2658 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
2659
2660 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
2661 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
2662 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
2663
2664 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
2665 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
2666
2667 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
2668 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
2669 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
2670
2671 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
2672 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
2673 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
2674 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
2675 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
2676 latency.
2677
2678 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
2679 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
2680
2681 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
2682 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
2683 instance part of a unit name.
2684
2685 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
2686 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
2687 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
2688 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
2689 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
2690 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
2691 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
2692 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
2693 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
2694
2695 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
2696 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
2697 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
2698 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
2699
2700 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
2701 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
2702 to a file, and appending to it.
2703
2704 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
2705 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
2706 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
2707 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
2708 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
2709 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
2710
2711 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
2712 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
2713 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
2714 having to touch C code.
2715
2716 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
2717 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
2718
2719 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
2720 DNS-over-TLS.
2721
2722 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
2723 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
2724 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
2725
2726 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
2727 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
2728 until the system finished start-up.
2729
2730 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
2731
2732 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
2733 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
2734 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
2735 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
2736 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
2737 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
2738 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
2739
2740 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
2741 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
2742 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
2743 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
2744 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
2745 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
2746 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
2747 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
2748 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
2749 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
2750 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
2751 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
2752
2753 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
2754 instantiate services.
2755
2756 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
2757 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
2758
2759 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
2760 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
2761 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
2762
2763 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
2764 it is neither used nor maintained.
2765
2766 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2767 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
2768 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
2769 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
2770 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
2771 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
2772 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
2773 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
2774 separated by colons.
2775
2776 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
2777 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
2778
2779 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
2780 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
2781
2782 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
2783 "ethtool advertise" commands.
2784
2785 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
2786 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
2787 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
2788 directly.
2789
2790 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
2791 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
2792 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
2793 ID.
2794
2795 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
2796 and generate various 128bit IDs.
2797
2798 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
2799 and LOGO=.
2800
2801 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
2802 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
2803 from any hibernated image.
2804
2805 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
2806 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
2807 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
2808 kernel exports them.
2809
2810 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
2811 /usr/bin/.
2812
2813 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
2814 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
2815 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
2816 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
2817 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
2818 now documented here:
2819
2820 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
2821
2822 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
2823 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
2824 installs during early boot.
2825
2826 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
2827 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
2828
2829 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
2830 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
2831
2832 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
2833 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
2834 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
2835
2836 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
2837 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
2838 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
2839 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
2840 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
2841 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
2842 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
2843 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
2844 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
2845 is on AC power.
2846
2847 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
2848 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
2849 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
2850 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
2851 see:
2852
2853 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
2854
2855 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
2856 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
2857 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
2858 and container environments.
2859
2860 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
2861 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
2862 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
2863 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
2864
2865 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
2866 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
2867 journald per-service.
2868
2869 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
2870 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
2871
2872 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
2873 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
2874 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
2875 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
2876
2877 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
2878 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
2879 groups.
2880
2881 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
2882 --ephemeral command line switch.
2883
2884 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
2885 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
2886 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
2887 object itself.
2888
2889 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
2890 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
2891 not unloaded).
2892
2893 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
2894 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
2895 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
2896
2897 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
2898 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
2899 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
2900 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
2901 "dead" state on success.
2902
2903 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
2904 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
2905 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
2906 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
2907 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
2908 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
2909 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
2910 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
2911 well-defined system service context.
2912
2913 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
2914 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
2915 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
2916 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
2917
2918 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
2919 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
2920 continue to be used.
2921
2922 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
2923 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
2924 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
2925 for example:
2926
2927 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
2928
2929 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
2930 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
2931 the command line's exit code.
2932
2933 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
2934
2935 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
2936
2937 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
2938 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
2939 support to systemctl and all other commands.
2940
2941 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
2942 name as argument.
2943
2944 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
2945 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
2946 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
2947 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
2948 is improved.
2949
2950 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
2951 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
2952 initialize one to all 0xFF.
2953
2954 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
2955 all files and directories listed in
2956 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
2957 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
2958 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
2959 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
2960 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
2961 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
2962 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
2963 the transition to the host OS.
2964
2965 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
2966 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
2967 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
2968 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
2969 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
2970 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
2971 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
2972 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
2973 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
2974 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
2975 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
2976 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
2977 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
2978 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
2979 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
2980 these are opened they don't work.
2981
2982 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
2983 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
2984 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
2985 logic works again.
2986
2987 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
2988 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
2989 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
2990 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
2991 ignore it.
2992
2993 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
2994 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
2995 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
2996 commands.
2997
2998 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
2999 pam_systemd anymore.
3000
3001 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
3002 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
3003 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
3004 policy took effect.
3005
3006 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
3007 python-3.5.
3008
3009 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
3010 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
3011 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
3012 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
3013 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
3014 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
3015 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
3016 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
3017 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
3018 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
3019 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
3020 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
3021 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
3022 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
3023 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
3024 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
3025 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3026 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
3027 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
3028 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
3029 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
3030 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
3031 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
3032 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
3033 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
3034 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
3035 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3036 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
3037 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
3038 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
3039 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
3040 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
3041 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
3042 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
3043 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
3044 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
3045 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
3046 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
3047 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
3048 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
3049 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
3050 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
3051 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
3052 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
3053 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
3054
3055 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
3056
3057 CHANGES WITH 239:
3058
3059 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
3060 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
3061 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
3062 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
3063 a slot number associated.
3064
3065 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
3066 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
3067 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
3068 independent.
3069
3070 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
3071 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
3072 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
3073
3074 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
3075 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
3076 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
3077 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
3078
3079 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
3080 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
3081 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
3082 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
3083 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
3084 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
3085 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
3086 e.g. NIS.
3087
3088 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
3089 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
3090 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
3091 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
3092 may be necessary to update the file.
3093
3094 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
3095 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
3096 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
3097 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
3098 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
3099 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
3100 documentation.
3101
3102 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
3103 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
3104 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
3105 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
3106 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
3107 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
3108 them.
3109
3110 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
3111 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
3112 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
3113 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
3114 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
3115
3116 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
3117 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
3118 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
3119 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
3120 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
3121 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
3122 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
3123 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
3124
3125 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
3126 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
3127 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
3128 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
3129 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
3130
3131 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
3132 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
3133 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
3134 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
3135 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
3136
3137 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
3138 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
3139 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
3140
3141 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
3142 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
3143 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
3144 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
3145 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
3146 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
3147 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
3148 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
3149 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
3150 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
3151 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
3152 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
3153 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
3154 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
3155 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
3156 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
3157 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
3158 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
3159 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
3160 from.
3161
3162 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
3163 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
3164 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
3165 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
3166
3167 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
3168 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
3169 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
3170 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
3171
3172 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
3173 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
3174 hibernates again.
3175
3176 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
3177 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
3178
3179 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
3180 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
3181 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
3182
3183 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
3184 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
3185 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
3186 was not configurable and set to 512.
3187
3188 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
3189 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
3190 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
3191 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
3192 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
3193 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
3194 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
3195 in particular su and sudo.
3196
3197 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
3198 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
3199 synchronization has been received from the network. This
3200 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
3201 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
3202 services.
3203
3204 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
3205 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
3206 files should work for hibernation now.
3207
3208 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
3209 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
3210 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
3211 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
3212 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
3213 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
3214 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
3215 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
3216 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
3217 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
3218 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
3219 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
3220 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
3221 name following the last dash.
3222
3223 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
3224 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
3225 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
3226 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
3227 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
3228
3229 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
3230 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
3231 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
3232 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
3233 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
3234 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
3235
3236 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
3237 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
3238 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
3239 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
3240
3241 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
3242 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
3243 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
3244 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
3245 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
3246
3247 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
3248 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
3249 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
3250 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
3251 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
3252 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
3253 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
3254 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
3255 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
3256 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
3257 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
3258 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
3259 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
3260
3261 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
3262 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
3263 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
3264 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
3265 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
3266 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
3267 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
3268 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
3269 settings.
3270
3271 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
3272 expiration feature, if it is available.
3273
3274 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
3275 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
3276 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
3277
3278 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
3279 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
3280
3281 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
3282
3283 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
3284 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
3285
3286 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
3287 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
3288 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
3289 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
3290 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
3291 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
3292 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
3293 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
3294 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
3295 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
3296 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
3297
3298 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
3299 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
3300 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
3301 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
3302
3303 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
3304 about its state.
3305
3306 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
3307 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
3308 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
3309 "timedatectl set-ntp".
3310
3311 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
3312 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
3313 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
3314 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
3315 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
3316 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
3317 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
3318 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
3319 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
3320 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
3321 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
3322
3323 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
3324 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
3325
3326 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
3327 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
3328 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
3329 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
3330 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
3331 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
3332
3333 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
3334 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
3335 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
3336 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
3337 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
3338 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
3339 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
3340
3341 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
3342 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
3343 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
3344 shown.)
3345
3346 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
3347 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
3348 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
3349 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
3350 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
3351 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
3352 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
3353 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
3354 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
3355
3356 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
3357 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
3358 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
3359
3360 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
3361 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
3362 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
3363 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
3364 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
3365 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
3366 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
3367 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
3368
3369 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
3370
3371 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
3372 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
3373 automatically when the system clock changed.)
3374
3375 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
3376 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
3377
3378 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
3379 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
3380 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
3381
3382 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
3383
3384 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
3385
3386 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
3387 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
3388
3389 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
3390 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
3391 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
3392 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
3393 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
3394 external user databases.
3395
3396 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
3397 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
3398 refused due to the enforced limits.
3399
3400 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
3401 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
3402 manages.
3403
3404 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
3405 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
3406 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
3407 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
3408 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
3409 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
3410 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
3411 where this is now used by default.
3412
3413 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
3414 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
3415
3416 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
3417 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
3418 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
3419 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
3420 update process in a generic way.
3421
3422 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
3423
3424 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
3425 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
3426 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
3427 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
3428 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
3429 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
3430 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
3431 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
3432 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
3433 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
3434 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
3435 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
3436 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
3437 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
3438 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
3439 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
3440 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
3441 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
3442 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
3443 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
3444 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
3445 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
3446 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
3447 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
3448 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
3449 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
3450 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
3451 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
3452 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3453
3454 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
3455
3456 CHANGES WITH 238:
3457
3458 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
3459 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
3460 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
3461 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
3462 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
3463 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
3464 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
3465 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
3466 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
3467 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
3468 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
3469 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
3470 to revert this change.
3471
3472 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
3473 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
3474 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
3475 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
3476 once at the end of the transaction.
3477
3478 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
3479 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
3480 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
3481 scripts.
3482
3483 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
3484 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
3485 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
3486 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
3487 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
3488 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
3489 still allowing local admin overrides.
3490
3491 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
3492 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
3493 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
3494
3495 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
3496 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
3497 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
3498 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
3499 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
3500
3501 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
3502 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
3503 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
3504 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
3505 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
3506 from package installation scripts.
3507
3508 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
3509 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
3510 without the user number ("u username -:456").
3511
3512 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
3513 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
3514
3515 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
3516 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
3517 /sbin/nologin for other users).
3518
3519 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
3520 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
3521 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
3522 --systemd, --user, or --global).
3523
3524 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
3525 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
3526 which are triggered meanwhile).
3527
3528 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
3529 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
3530 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
3531 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
3532 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
3533
3534 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
3535 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
3536 rotated very quickly.
3537
3538 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
3539 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
3540 pending bus messages.
3541
3542 * systemd gained a new
3543 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
3544 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
3545 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
3546 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
3547 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
3548 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
3549 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
3550 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
3551 session scope.
3552
3553 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
3554 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
3555 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
3556 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
3557 the tree to be accessed.
3558
3559 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
3560 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
3561 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
3562
3563 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
3564 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
3565 to keys in the main keyring.
3566
3567 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
3568
3569 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
3570 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
3571
3572 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
3573
3574 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
3575 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
3576 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
3577 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
3578 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
3579 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
3580 explicitly.
3581
3582 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
3583 the colour of "OK" status messages.
3584
3585 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
3586 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
3587 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
3588 be restarted.
3589
3590 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
3591 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
3592
3593 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
3594 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
3595 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
3596 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
3597 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
3598 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
3599 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
3600 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3601 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
3602 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
3603 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
3604 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
3605 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3606 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3607 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
3608 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
3609
3610 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
3611
3612 CHANGES WITH 237:
3613
3614 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
3615 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
3616 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
3617 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
3618
3619 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
3620 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
3621 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
3622 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
3623 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
3624 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
3625 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
3626 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
3627 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
3628 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
3629
3630 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
3631 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
3632 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
3633 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
3634 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
3635 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
3636 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
3637 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
3638 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
3639 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
3640
3641 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
3642 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
3643 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
3644 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
3645 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
3646 now provides explicit control.
3647
3648 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
3649 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
3650 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
3651 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
3652 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
3653 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
3654 unit types that already supported transient operation.
3655
3656 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
3657 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
3658 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
3659
3660 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
3661 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
3662
3663 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
3664 .network files all gained support for a new condition
3665 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
3666 versions.
3667
3668 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
3669 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
3670 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
3671 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
3672 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
3673 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
3674 understands RapidCommit=.
3675
3676 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
3677 Delegation.
3678
3679 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
3680 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
3681 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
3682 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
3683 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
3684 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
3685 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
3686 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
3687 --watch-bind= command line switch.
3688
3689 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
3690 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
3691 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
3692 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
3693 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
3694 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
3695 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
3696 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
3697 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
3698 "Disconnected" signals).
3699
3700 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
3701 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
3702 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
3703 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
3704 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
3705 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
3706 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
3707 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
3708 round-trips are removed.
3709
3710 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
3711 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
3712 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
3713 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
3714
3715 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
3716 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
3717 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
3718 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
3719 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
3720 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
3721
3722 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
3723 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
3724 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
3725 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
3726 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
3727 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
3728 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
3729 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
3730 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
3731 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
3732
3733 * sd-event gained a new call pair
3734 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
3735 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
3736 when the event source is destroyed.
3737
3738 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
3739 connections.
3740
3741 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
3742 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
3743 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
3744 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
3745 new transitional flag file has been added: if
3746 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
3747 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
3748
3749 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
3750 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
3751 manager.
3752
3753 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
3754 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
3755 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
3756 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
3757 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
3758
3759 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
3760 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
3761 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
3762 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
3763 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
3764 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
3765
3766 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
3767 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
3768 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
3769 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
3770 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
3771 level/target is given as an argument.
3772
3773 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
3774 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
3775 where UID and GID do not match.
3776
3777 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
3778 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
3779 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
3780 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
3781 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3782 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
3783 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
3784 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
3785 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
3786 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
3787 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
3788 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
3789 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
3790 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
3791 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
3792 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
3793 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
3794 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
3795 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
3796 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
3797 Палаузов
3798
3799 — Brno, 2018-01-28
3800
3801 CHANGES WITH 236:
3802
3803 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
3804 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
3805 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
3806 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
3807
3808 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
3809 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
3810 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
3811 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
3812 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
3813 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
3814 valid specifiers today.)
3815
3816 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
3817 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
3818 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
3819 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
3820 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
3821 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
3822
3823 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
3824 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
3825 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
3826 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
3827
3828 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
3829 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
3830 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
3831 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
3832 services are resolved properly.
3833
3834 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
3835 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
3836 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
3837 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
3838 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
3839 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
3840 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
3841 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
3842 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
3843 and btrfs.
3844
3845 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
3846 DNS server and domain information.
3847
3848 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
3849 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
3850 runtime.
3851
3852 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
3853 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
3854 empty for the first time.
3855
3856 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
3857 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
3858 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
3859 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
3860 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
3861 running in the user session.
3862
3863 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
3864 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
3865 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
3866 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
3867 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
3868 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
3869 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
3870 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
3871 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
3872 user instance).
3873
3874 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
3875 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
3876
3877 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
3878 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
3879 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
3880 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
3881
3882 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
3883 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
3884
3885 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
3886 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
3887 sleep verbs.
3888
3889 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
3890
3891 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
3892 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
3893
3894 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
3895
3896 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
3897 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
3898 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
3899
3900 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
3901 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
3902 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
3903 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
3904 instance.
3905
3906 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
3907 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
3908 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
3909
3910 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
3911 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
3912 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
3913
3914 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
3915
3916 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
3917 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
3918 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
3919 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
3920 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
3921 processes.
3922
3923 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
3924 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
3925 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
3926 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
3927
3928 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
3929 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
3930 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
3931
3932 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
3933 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
3934 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
3935 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
3936 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
3937
3938 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
3939 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
3940
3941 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
3942 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
3943 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
3944 time the specified expression would elapse.
3945
3946 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
3947 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
3948 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
3949 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
3950 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
3951 types, not just services.
3952
3953 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
3954 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
3955 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
3956 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
3957
3958 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
3959 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
3960 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
3961 interface for this purpose.
3962
3963 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
3964 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
3965 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
3966 anyway.
3967
3968 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
3969 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3970 requirements of systemd.
3971
3972 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
3973 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
3974 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
3975
3976 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
3977 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
3978 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
3979 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
3980
3981 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
3982 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
3983 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
3984 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
3985
3986 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
3987 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
3988
3989 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
3990 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
3991 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
3992 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
3993 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
3994 managing software supports (such as pppd).
3995
3996 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
3997 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
3998 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
3999
4000 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
4001 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
4002 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
4003 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
4004 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
4005 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
4006 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
4007 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
4008 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
4009 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
4010 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
4011 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
4012 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
4013 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
4014 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
4015 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
4016 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
4017 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
4018 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
4019 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
4020 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
4021 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4022 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4023
4024 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
4025
4026 CHANGES WITH 235:
4027
4028 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
4029 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
4030 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
4031 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
4032 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
4033 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
4034 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
4035 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
4036 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
4037 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
4038 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
4039 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
4040 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
4041 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
4042 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
4043 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
4044 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
4045 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
4046 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
4047 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
4048 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
4049 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
4050 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
4051 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
4052 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
4053 IPAddressDeny= see below.
4054
4055 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
4056 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
4057 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
4058 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
4059 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
4060 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
4061 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
4062 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
4063
4064 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
4065 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
4066 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
4067 used to change those values.
4068
4069 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
4070 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
4071 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
4072 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
4073 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
4074 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
4075
4076 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
4077 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
4078 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
4079 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
4080
4081 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
4082 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
4083 one top-level directory.
4084
4085 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
4086 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
4087 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
4088 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
4089 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
4090 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
4091 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
4092 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
4093 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
4094 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
4095 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
4096 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
4097 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
4098 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
4099 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
4100
4101 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
4102 Meson-only.
4103
4104 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
4105 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
4106 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
4107 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
4108 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
4109 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
4110 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
4111 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
4112 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
4113 acceptable to us.
4114
4115 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
4116 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
4117 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
4118 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
4119 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
4120 requested at build time.
4121
4122 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
4123 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
4124 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
4125 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
4126 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
4127 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
4128 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
4129 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
4130 Type= setting which permits configuring
4131 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
4132
4133 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
4134 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
4135 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
4136 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
4137 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
4138 local frames between bridge ports.
4139
4140 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
4141 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
4142 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
4143
4144 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
4145 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
4146
4147 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
4148 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
4149 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
4150 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
4151
4152 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
4153 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
4154 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
4155 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
4156 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
4157 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
4158 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
4159 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
4160
4161 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
4162 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
4163 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
4164 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
4165 command.)
4166
4167 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
4168 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
4169 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
4170
4171 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
4172 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
4173 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
4174 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
4175
4176 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
4177 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
4178 configured, except for the credentials applied by
4179 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
4180 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
4181 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
4182 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
4183 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
4184 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
4185 on systems where this is not supported.
4186
4187 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
4188 sockets.
4189
4190 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
4191 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
4192 during runtime.
4193
4194 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
4195 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
4196 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
4197
4198 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
4199 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
4200 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
4201
4202 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
4203 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
4204 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
4205 Following this logic, two new special targets
4206 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
4207 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
4208 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
4209
4210 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
4211 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
4212 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
4213 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
4214
4215 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
4216 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
4217 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
4218 --wait".
4219
4220 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
4221 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
4222 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
4223 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
4224 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
4225 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
4226 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
4227 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
4228 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
4229
4230 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
4231 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
4232 containing information about the consumed resources of this
4233 invocation.
4234
4235 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
4236 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
4237 processes.
4238
4239 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
4240 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
4241 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
4242 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
4243 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
4244 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
4245 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
4246 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
4247 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
4248 systems for all five operations.
4249
4250 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
4251 the system.
4252
4253 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
4254 than UTC or the local timezone.
4255
4256 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
4257 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
4258 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
4259 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
4260 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
4261 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
4262 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
4263 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
4264
4265 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
4266 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
4267 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
4268 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
4269 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
4270 again.
4271
4272 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
4273 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
4274 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
4275
4276 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
4277 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
4278 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
4279 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
4280 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
4281 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
4282 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
4283 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
4284 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
4285 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
4286 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
4287 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
4288 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
4289 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
4290 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
4291 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
4292 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
4293 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
4294 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
4295 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4296
4297 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
4298
4299 CHANGES WITH 234:
4300
4301 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
4302 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
4303 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
4304 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
4305 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
4306 summary:
4307
4308 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
4309
4310 becomes:
4311
4312 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
4313
4314 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
4315 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
4316 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
4317 .device units.
4318
4319 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
4320 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
4321 running a systemd user instance.
4322
4323 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
4324 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
4325 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
4326 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
4327 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
4328 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
4329
4330 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
4331
4332 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
4333 (domain search list).
4334
4335 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
4336 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
4337 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
4338 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
4339 implementation of RA.
4340
4341 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
4342 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
4343 ISO date values.
4344
4345 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
4346 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
4347 devices.
4348
4349 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
4350 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
4351 option.
4352
4353 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
4354 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
4355 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
4356 default yet.
4357
4358 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
4359 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
4360 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
4361 SHA256SUMS files.
4362
4363 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
4364 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
4365
4366 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
4367
4368 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
4369
4370 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
4371 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
4372
4373 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
4374 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
4375 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
4376 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
4377
4378 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
4379 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
4380 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
4381 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
4382 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
4383 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
4384 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
4385 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
4386 systemd-logind to be safe. See
4387 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
4388
4389 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
4390 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
4391 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
4392 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
4393 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
4394 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
4395 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
4396 after all the plugins exit.
4397
4398 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
4399 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
4400 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
4401 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
4402 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
4403 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
4404 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
4405 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4406 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
4407 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
4408 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
4409 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
4410 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
4411 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
4412 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
4413 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4414 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
4415 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
4416 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
4417 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
4418 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
4419 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
4420 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
4421 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
4422 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
4423 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
4424 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4425 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
4426 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
4427 Георгиевски
4428
4429 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
4430
4431 CHANGES WITH 233:
4432
4433 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
4434 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
4435 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
4436 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
4437 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
4438 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
4439 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
4440 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
4441 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
4442
4443 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
4444 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
4445 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
4446 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
4447 default selected on the configure command line
4448 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
4449 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
4450 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
4451 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
4452 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
4453 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
4454 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
4455 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
4456 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
4457 greatest stability and compatibility only.
4458
4459 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
4460 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
4461 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
4462 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
4463 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
4464 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
4465 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
4466 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
4467 further details about this.)
4468
4469 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
4470 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
4471 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
4472
4473 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
4474 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
4475
4476 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
4477 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
4478 with 'make install-tests'.
4479
4480 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
4481 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
4482 kernel.
4483
4484 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
4485 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
4486 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
4487 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
4488 by the Slice= option.
4489
4490 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
4491 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
4492 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
4493 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
4494
4495 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
4496 following choices:
4497
4498 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
4499 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
4500 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
4501 (h)elp
4502 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
4503 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
4504 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
4505 (y)es, execute the command
4506
4507 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
4508 because its meaning was confusing.
4509
4510 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
4511 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
4512
4513 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
4514 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
4515 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
4516
4517 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
4518 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
4519 state directly, without executing these commands.
4520
4521 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
4522 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
4523 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
4524
4525 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
4526 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
4527 combination with After=) have been started.
4528
4529 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
4530 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
4531 setting, and which system calls they contain.
4532
4533 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
4534 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
4535 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
4536 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
4537 configuration related calls.
4538
4539 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
4540 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
4541 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
4542 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
4543 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
4544 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
4545 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
4546
4547 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
4548 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
4549
4550 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
4551 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
4552 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
4553
4554 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
4555 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
4556
4557 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
4558 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
4559 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
4560 for compatibility.
4561
4562 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
4563 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
4564
4565 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
4566 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
4567
4568 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
4569 support for negative matching.
4570
4571 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
4572
4573 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
4574 permitted runtime of the mount command.
4575
4576 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
4577 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
4578 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
4579 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
4580 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
4581 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
4582 removed from the drive.
4583
4584 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
4585 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
4586
4587 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
4588 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
4589
4590 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
4591 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
4592 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
4593
4594 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
4595 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
4596 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
4597 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
4598 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
4599 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
4600 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
4601
4602 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
4603 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
4604 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
4605 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
4606 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
4607 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
4608
4609 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
4610 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
4611
4612 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
4613 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
4614 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
4615 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
4616 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
4617 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
4618 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
4619 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
4620
4621 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
4622 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
4623 including all control processes.
4624
4625 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
4626 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
4627 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
4628
4629 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4630 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
4631 prefixing the source path with "+".
4632
4633 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4634 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
4635 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
4636 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
4637 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
4638 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
4639 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
4640 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
4641
4642 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
4643 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
4644 before).
4645
4646 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
4647 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
4648 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
4649 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
4650 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
4651 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
4652 the new --root-hash= command line option).
4653
4654 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
4655 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
4656 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
4657 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
4658 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
4659 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
4660 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
4661 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
4662 versions.
4663
4664 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
4665 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
4666 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
4667 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
4668 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
4669 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
4670 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
4671 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
4672 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
4673 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
4674 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
4675 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
4676 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
4677 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
4678 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
4679 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
4680 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
4681 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
4682 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
4683 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
4684 a Verity-enabled root partition.
4685
4686 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
4687 accelerometer quirks.
4688
4689 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
4690 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
4691 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
4692 ID of each service.
4693
4694 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
4695 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
4696 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
4697 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
4698 view.
4699
4700 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
4701 environment variables:
4702
4703 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
4704
4705 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
4706 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
4707 address.
4708
4709 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
4710 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
4711 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
4712
4713 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
4714 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
4715 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
4716 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
4717 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
4718 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
4719 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
4720 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
4721 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
4722 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
4723 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
4724 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
4725 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
4726
4727 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
4728 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
4729 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
4730
4731 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
4732 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
4733
4734 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
4735 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
4736 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
4737 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
4738 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
4739
4740 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
4741 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
4742 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
4743
4744 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
4745 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
4746
4747 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
4748 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
4749 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
4750 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
4751
4752 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
4753 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
4754 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
4755 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
4756 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
4757 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
4758 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
4759 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
4760 possibly even including full integrity data.
4761
4762 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
4763 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
4764 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
4765 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
4766 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
4767
4768 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
4769 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
4770 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
4771 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
4772 directly with systemd-nspawn.
4773
4774 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
4775 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
4776 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
4777 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
4778
4779 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
4780 of coredumps in reverse order.
4781
4782 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
4783 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
4784 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
4785 additional informational message in its output.
4786
4787 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
4788 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
4789 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
4790
4791 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
4792 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
4793 scripting languages such as Python.
4794
4795 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
4796 namespacing is enabled for them.
4797
4798 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
4799 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
4800 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
4801 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
4802 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
4803 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
4804
4805 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
4806 root key (KSK).
4807
4808 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
4809 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
4810 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
4811
4812 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
4813 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
4814 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
4815 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
4816 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
4817 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
4818 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
4819 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
4820 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
4821 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
4822 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
4823 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
4824 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
4825 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
4826 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
4827 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
4828 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
4829 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
4830 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
4831 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
4832 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
4833 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
4834 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
4835 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
4836 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
4837 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
4838 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
4839 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
4840 Тихонов
4841
4842 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
4843
4844 CHANGES WITH 232:
4845
4846 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
4847 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
4848 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
4849 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
4850 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
4851 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
4852
4853 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
4854 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
4855
4856 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4857 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
4858 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
4859
4860 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
4861 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
4862 to be remounted read-only for a service.
4863
4864 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4865 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
4866 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
4867 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
4868
4869 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4870 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
4871
4872 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
4873 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
4874 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
4875
4876 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
4877 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
4878 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
4879 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
4880 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
4881 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
4882 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4883 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
4884 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
4885 permanent modifications to the system.
4886
4887 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4888 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
4889 container or chroot environments.
4890
4891 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
4892 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
4893 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
4894 mapped to nobody.
4895
4896 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
4897 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
4898 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
4899 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
4900
4901 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
4902 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
4903
4904 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
4905 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
4906 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
4907 and the support is provisional.
4908
4909 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
4910 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
4911 unit files in the file system).
4912
4913 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
4914 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
4915 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
4916 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
4917 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
4918 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
4919 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
4920 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
4921 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
4922 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
4923 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
4924 state is fixed automatically.
4925
4926 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
4927 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
4928 option.
4929
4930 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
4931 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
4932 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
4933 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
4934 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
4935 else.
4936
4937 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
4938 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
4939 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
4940 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
4941 bootable on physical systems.
4942
4943 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4944
4945 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
4946 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
4947 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
4948 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
4949 used.
4950
4951 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
4952 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4953 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
4954 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
4955
4956 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4957
4958 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4959 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
4960 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
4961 of the container).
4962
4963 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4964 files from the specified location.
4965
4966 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
4967 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
4968 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
4969 be active.
4970
4971 * The hardware database has been extended to support
4972 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
4973 trackball devices.
4974
4975 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
4976 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
4977 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
4978
4979 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
4980 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
4981 specified service binary exited.)
4982
4983 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4984 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
4985
4986 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4987 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
4988 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
4989 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
4990 --since= and --until= options.
4991
4992 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
4993 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
4994 are automatically propagated to the container.
4995
4996 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
4997 from a single IP address can be limited with
4998 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
4999 MaxConnections=.
5000
5001 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
5002 configuration.
5003
5004 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
5005 drop-ins.
5006
5007 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
5008 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
5009 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
5010 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
5011 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
5012 [Link] section of .link files.
5013
5014 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
5015 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
5016 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
5017 section of .netdev files.
5018
5019 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
5020 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
5021 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
5022
5023 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
5024 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
5025 .network files.
5026
5027 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
5028 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
5029 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
5030 service runtime cycle.
5031
5032 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
5033 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
5034 has been traditionally doing.
5035
5036 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
5037 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
5038 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
5039 prevent any later plugins from running.
5040
5041 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
5042 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
5043 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
5044 default of SplitMode=uid.
5045
5046 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
5047 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
5048 useful.
5049
5050 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
5051 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
5052 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
5053 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
5054 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
5055 individual namespaces.
5056
5057 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
5058 the output, as well as OS release information.
5059
5060 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
5061
5062 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
5063 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
5064 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
5065 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
5066 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
5067
5068 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
5069 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
5070 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
5071 severed.
5072
5073 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
5074 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
5075 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
5076 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
5077 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
5078 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
5079 information about exit statuses and results.
5080
5081 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
5082 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
5083 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
5084 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
5085 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
5086 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
5087
5088 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
5089
5090 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
5091 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
5092 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
5093 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
5094 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
5095 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
5096 entirely.
5097
5098 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
5099 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
5100 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
5101
5102 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
5103 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
5104 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
5105 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
5106 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
5107 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
5108 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
5109 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
5110 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
5111 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
5112 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
5113 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
5114 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
5115 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
5116 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
5117 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
5118 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
5119
5120 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
5121 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
5122 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
5123 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
5124
5125 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
5126 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
5127 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
5128 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
5129
5130 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
5131 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
5132 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
5133 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
5134 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
5135 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
5136 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
5137 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
5138 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
5139 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
5140 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
5141 fragment entirely.)
5142
5143 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
5144 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
5145 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
5146
5147 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
5148 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
5149 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
5150 FileDescriptorName= setting.
5151
5152 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
5153 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
5154 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
5155 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
5156 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
5157 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
5158
5159 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
5160 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
5161
5162 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
5163 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
5164
5165 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
5166 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
5167 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
5168 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
5169 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
5170
5171 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
5172 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
5173 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
5174 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
5175 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
5176 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
5177 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
5178 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
5179 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
5180 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
5181 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
5182 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
5183 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
5184 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
5185 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
5186 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
5187 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
5188 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
5189 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
5190 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
5191 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
5192 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
5193 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
5194 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
5195 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5196 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
5197
5198 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
5199
5200 CHANGES WITH 231:
5201
5202 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
5203 with an additional special character as first argument of the
5204 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
5205 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
5206 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
5207 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
5208 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
5209 independently.
5210
5211 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
5212 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
5213
5214 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
5215 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
5216 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
5217 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
5218 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
5219 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
5220 values.
5221
5222 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
5223 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
5224 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
5225 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
5226 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
5227
5228 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
5229 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
5230 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
5231 7:10am every day.
5232
5233 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
5234 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
5235 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
5236 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
5237 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
5238 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
5239 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
5240 available for compatibility.
5241
5242 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
5243 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
5244 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
5245 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
5246 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
5247 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
5248
5249 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
5250 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
5251 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
5252 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
5253 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
5254 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
5255 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
5256 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
5257 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
5258
5259 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
5260 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
5261 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
5262 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5263 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
5264 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
5265 desired options.
5266
5267 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
5268 cgroup v2.
5269
5270 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
5271 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
5272 limited to subgroups of that group.
5273
5274 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
5275 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
5276 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
5277 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
5278 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
5279 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
5280 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
5281 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
5282
5283 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
5284 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
5285 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
5286 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
5287 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
5288 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
5289 own long-running services.
5290
5291 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
5292 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
5293 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
5294 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
5295
5296 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
5297 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
5298 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
5299 propagates this notification further to the service manager
5300 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
5301 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
5302 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
5303 primitives.
5304
5305 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
5306 "terminate".
5307
5308 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
5309 link-local IPv6 addresses.
5310
5311 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
5312 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
5313 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
5314 --flush-caches".
5315
5316 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
5317 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
5318 is shown.
5319
5320 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
5321 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
5322 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
5323 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
5324 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
5325 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
5326
5327 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
5328 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
5329 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
5330 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
5331 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
5332 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
5333 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
5334 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
5335 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
5336 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
5337 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
5338 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
5339 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
5340 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
5341 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
5342 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
5343 bus API instead.
5344
5345 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
5346 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
5347 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
5348 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
5349
5350 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
5351 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
5352 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
5353 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
5354
5355 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
5356 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
5357 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
5358
5359 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
5360 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
5361
5362 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
5363 interface configuration.
5364
5365 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
5366 specifying the --force switch.
5367
5368 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
5369 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
5370 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
5371
5372 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
5373 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
5374 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
5375 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
5376 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
5377 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
5378 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
5379 to be handled.
5380
5381 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
5382 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
5383
5384 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
5385 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
5386
5387 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
5388 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
5389 of persistent symlinks for that device.
5390
5391 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
5392 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
5393
5394 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
5395 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
5396 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
5397 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
5398 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
5399 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
5400 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
5401 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
5402 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
5403 library.
5404
5405 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
5406 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
5407 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
5408 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
5409 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
5410 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
5411 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
5412 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
5413 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
5414 doc/HACKING for details.
5415
5416 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
5417 distribution's bugtracker.
5418
5419 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
5420 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
5421 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
5422 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
5423 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
5424 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
5425 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
5426 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
5427 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
5428 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
5429 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
5430 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
5431 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
5432 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
5433 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
5434 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
5435 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
5436 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
5437 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5438
5439 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5440
5441 CHANGES WITH 230:
5442
5443 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
5444 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
5445 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
5446 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
5447 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
5448 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
5449 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
5450 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
5451 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
5452 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
5453 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
5454 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
5455 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
5456 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
5457 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
5458 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
5459 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
5460 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
5461 applications.)
5462
5463 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
5464 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
5465 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
5466
5467 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
5468 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
5469 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
5470 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
5471 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
5472 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
5473 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
5474
5475 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
5476 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
5477 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
5478 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
5479 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
5480 command works for tmux.
5481
5482 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
5483 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
5484 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
5485 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
5486 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
5487 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
5488
5489 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
5490 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
5491
5492 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
5493 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
5494 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
5495
5496 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
5497
5498 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
5499 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
5500 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
5501 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
5502 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
5503
5504 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
5505 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
5506 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
5507 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
5508
5509 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
5510 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
5511 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
5512 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
5513 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
5514 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
5515
5516 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
5517 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
5518 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
5519
5520 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
5521 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
5522 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
5523 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
5524 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
5525 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
5526
5527 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
5528 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
5529 address.
5530
5531 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
5532 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
5533 should be emitted.
5534
5535 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
5536 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
5537 supported.
5538
5539 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
5540 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
5541 logging performance.
5542
5543 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5544 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
5545 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
5546 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
5547 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
5548 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
5549
5550 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
5551 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
5552 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
5553 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
5554
5555 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
5556 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
5557
5558 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
5559 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
5560 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
5561
5562 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
5563
5564 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
5565 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
5566 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
5567 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
5568
5569 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
5570 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
5571 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
5572 refuse to operate on such files.
5573
5574 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
5575 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
5576 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
5577
5578 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
5579 just hidden container images.
5580
5581 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
5582 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
5583
5584 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
5585 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
5586 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
5587 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
5588 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
5589 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
5590 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
5591 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
5592 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
5593 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
5594 been changed to use this functionality by default.
5595
5596 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
5597 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
5598 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
5599 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
5600 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
5601 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
5602 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
5603 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
5604 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
5605 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
5606 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
5607 terminates.
5608
5609 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
5610 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
5611 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
5612 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
5613
5614 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
5615 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
5616 rate of the socket unit.
5617
5618 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
5619 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
5620 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
5621 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
5622 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
5623
5624 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
5625 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
5626 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
5627 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
5628 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
5629 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
5630 with this.
5631
5632 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
5633 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
5634
5635 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
5636 merged into the kernel in its current form.
5637
5638 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
5639 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
5640 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
5641 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
5642 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
5643
5644 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
5645 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
5646 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
5647
5648 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
5649 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
5650 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
5651 target is now included in early userspace.
5652
5653 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
5654 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
5655 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
5656 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
5657 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
5658 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
5659 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
5660 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
5661 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
5662 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
5663 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
5664 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
5665 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
5666 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
5667 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
5668 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
5669 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
5670 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
5671 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
5672 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5673 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
5674 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
5675 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
5676 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
5677 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5678 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5679
5680 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
5681
5682 CHANGES WITH 229:
5683
5684 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
5685 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
5686 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
5687 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
5688 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
5689 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
5690 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
5691 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
5692 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
5693 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
5694 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
5695 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
5696 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
5697
5698 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
5699 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
5700 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
5701 /usr/bin.
5702
5703 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
5704 devices.
5705
5706 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
5707 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
5708 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
5709 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
5710 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
5711 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
5712 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
5713 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
5714 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
5715 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
5716 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
5717 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
5718 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
5719 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
5720 this limit.
5721
5722 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
5723 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
5724 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
5725 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
5726 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
5727 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
5728 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
5729 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
5730
5731 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
5732 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
5733 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
5734 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
5735 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
5736 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
5737 and group at package installation time.
5738
5739 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
5740 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
5741 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
5742 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
5743 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
5744
5745 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
5746 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
5747 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
5748 supports it.
5749
5750 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
5751 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
5752
5753 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
5754 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
5755 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
5756 file is already initialized.
5757
5758 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
5759 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
5760 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
5761 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
5762 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
5763 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
5764 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
5765 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
5766 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
5767
5768 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
5769 working directory for the process started in the container.
5770
5771 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
5772 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
5773 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
5774 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
5775 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
5776
5777 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5778 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
5779 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
5780
5781 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
5782 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
5783 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
5784 sd_journal_restart_fields().
5785
5786 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
5787 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
5788 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
5789 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
5790 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
5791
5792 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
5793 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
5794 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
5795 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
5796
5797 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
5798 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
5799 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
5800 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
5801 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
5802 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
5803 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
5804 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
5805 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
5806 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
5807 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
5808 by PID 1.
5809
5810 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
5811 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
5812 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
5813 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
5814 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
5815 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
5816 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
5817 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
5818
5819 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
5820
5821 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
5822 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
5823 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
5824
5825 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
5826 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
5827 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
5828 recent kernels.
5829
5830 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
5831 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
5832
5833 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
5834 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
5835 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
5836 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
5837 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
5838 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
5839 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
5840 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
5841 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
5842 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
5843 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
5844 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
5845 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
5846
5847 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
5848 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
5849 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
5850 clusters or larger setups.
5851
5852 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
5853
5854 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
5855 sockets.
5856
5857 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
5858
5859 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
5860 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
5861 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
5862 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
5863 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
5864 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
5865
5866 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
5867 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
5868 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
5869
5870 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
5871 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
5872 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
5873 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
5874
5875 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
5876
5877 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
5878 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
5879 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
5880 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
5881 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
5882 maintain compatibility.
5883
5884 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
5885 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
5886 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
5887 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
5888 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
5889 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
5890 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
5891 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
5892 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
5893 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
5894 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
5895 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5896 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
5897 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
5898 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
5899 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
5900 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5901 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
5902 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5903
5904 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
5905
5906 CHANGES WITH 228:
5907
5908 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
5909 files are now also available as properties to set when
5910 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
5911 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
5912 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
5913 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
5914 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5915 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
5916 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
5917
5918 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
5919 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
5920 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
5921
5922 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
5923 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
5924 created transiently.
5925
5926 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
5927 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
5928 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
5929 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
5930 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
5931 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
5932 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
5933 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
5934
5935 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
5936 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
5937 disk and sync the files, before returning.
5938
5939 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
5940 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
5941 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
5942 enabled.
5943
5944 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
5945 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
5946 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
5947 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
5948 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
5949 subvolumes.
5950
5951 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
5952 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
5953
5954 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
5955 individual indexes.
5956
5957 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
5958 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
5959 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
5960 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
5961 suffixes now.
5962
5963 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
5964 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
5965 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
5966 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
5967 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
5968 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
5969 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
5970 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
5971 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
5972 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
5973 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
5974 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
5975 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
5976 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
5977 number of processes or tasks each user may own
5978 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
5979 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
5980 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
5981 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
5982 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
5983 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
5984
5985 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
5986 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
5987 links between the host and the container.
5988
5989 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
5990 added that allows importing select environment variables
5991 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
5992 the service.
5993
5994 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
5995 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
5996 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
5997 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
5998 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
5999 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
6000 than until they first elapse.
6001
6002 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
6003 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
6004 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
6005 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
6006 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
6007 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
6008 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
6009 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
6010
6011 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
6012 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
6013 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
6014 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
6015 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
6016 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
6017 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
6018 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
6019 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
6020 journal and in coredump handling.
6021
6022 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
6023 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
6024 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
6025 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
6026 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
6027 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
6028 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
6029 software you package still references it, as this is a
6030 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
6031 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
6032
6033 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
6034
6035 Note that only util-linux versions built with
6036 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
6037
6038 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
6039 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
6040 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
6041
6042 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
6043 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
6044 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
6045 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
6046 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
6047 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
6048 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
6049 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
6050 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
6051 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
6052 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
6053 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
6054 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
6055 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
6056 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
6057 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
6058
6059 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
6060 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
6061 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
6062 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
6063 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
6064 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
6065 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
6066 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
6067 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
6068 surprises.
6069
6070 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
6071 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
6072 to the various user database fields of the user that the
6073 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
6074 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
6075 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
6076 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
6077 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
6078 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
6079 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
6080 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
6081 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
6082 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
6083 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
6084 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
6085 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
6086 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
6087 of PID 1 is the root user).
6088
6089 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
6090 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
6091 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6092 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
6093 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6094 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
6095 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6096 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
6097 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
6098 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
6099 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
6100 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
6101 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6102 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
6103 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6104
6105 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
6106
6107 CHANGES WITH 227:
6108
6109 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
6110 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
6111 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
6112
6113 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
6114 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
6115 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
6116 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
6117 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
6118 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
6119
6120 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
6121 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
6122 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
6123 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6124 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
6125
6126 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
6127 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
6128 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
6129 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
6130 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
6131 packets on unestablished sockets.
6132
6133 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6134 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
6135 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
6136 automatically.
6137
6138 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
6139 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
6140 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
6141
6142 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
6143 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
6144 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
6145 for disk IO.
6146
6147 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
6148 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
6149 removed.
6150
6151 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
6152 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
6153 directory is set to the home directory of the user
6154 configured in User=.
6155
6156 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
6157 directory of the selected user by default.
6158
6159 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
6160 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
6161 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
6162 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
6163 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
6164 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
6165 compat reasons.
6166
6167 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
6168 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
6169 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
6170 units.
6171
6172 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
6173 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
6174 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
6175 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
6176 level.
6177
6178 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
6179 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
6180 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
6181 namespaces work correctly.
6182
6183 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
6184 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
6185 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
6186 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
6187 activation.
6188
6189 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
6190 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
6191 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
6192 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
6193 system instance in a container.
6194
6195 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
6196 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
6197 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
6198 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
6199 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
6200 connections.
6201
6202 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
6203 show the control groups within a certain container only.
6204
6205 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
6206 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
6207 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
6208 processes attached, or similar.
6209
6210 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
6211 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
6212 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
6213
6214 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
6215 specifiers like %i or %f.
6216
6217 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
6218 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
6219 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
6220 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
6221
6222 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
6223 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
6224 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
6225 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
6226 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
6227 descriptors using sd_notify().
6228
6229 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
6230
6231 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
6232 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
6233
6234 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
6235 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
6236
6237 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
6238 .network files.
6239
6240 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
6241 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
6242 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
6243 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
6244 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
6245 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
6246 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
6247 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
6248 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
6249 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
6250 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
6251 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
6252 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
6253 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
6254 gdm-autologin is used.
6255
6256 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
6257 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
6258 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
6259 next to the image file.
6260
6261 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
6262 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
6263 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
6264 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
6265
6266 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
6267 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
6268 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
6269 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
6270 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
6271 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
6272
6273 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
6274 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
6275 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
6276 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6277 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
6278 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
6279 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
6280 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
6281 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
6282 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
6283 number of files in place.
6284
6285 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
6286 on kernels where that is supported.
6287
6288 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
6289
6290 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
6291 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
6292 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
6293 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6294 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
6295 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
6296 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
6297 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
6298 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
6299 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
6300 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
6301 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6302 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
6303 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
6304 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
6305 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6306 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
6307 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
6308
6309 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
6310
6311 CHANGES WITH 226:
6312
6313 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
6314 new features:
6315
6316 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
6317 information. It may be enabled and configured via
6318 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
6319 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
6320 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
6321 is any) is propagated.
6322
6323 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
6324 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
6325 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
6326 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
6327 information is enabled between host and containers by
6328 default now: the container will change its local timezone
6329 to what the host has set.
6330
6331 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
6332 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
6333
6334 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
6335 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
6336 information back, even if the server loses state.
6337
6338 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
6339 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
6340 PoolSize=.
6341
6342 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
6343 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
6344 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
6345 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
6346
6347 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
6348 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
6349 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
6350 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
6351 'dbus-daemon' systems.
6352
6353 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
6354 for virtio devices.
6355
6356 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
6357 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
6358 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
6359 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
6360 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
6361 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
6362 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
6363 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
6364 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
6365 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
6366 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
6367 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
6368 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
6369 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
6370 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
6371 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
6372 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
6373 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
6374 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
6375 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
6376 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
6377 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
6378 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
6379 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
6380 grants them.
6381
6382 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
6383 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
6384 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
6385 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
6386 group tree.
6387
6388 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
6389 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
6390 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
6391 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
6392 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
6393 work correctly in containers now.
6394
6395 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
6396 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
6397
6398 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
6399 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
6400 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
6401 function call is particularly useful when implementing
6402 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
6403
6404 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
6405 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
6406 signal events.
6407
6408 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
6409 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
6410 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
6411 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
6412
6413 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
6414 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
6415 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
6416 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
6417 nspawn command line.
6418
6419 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
6420 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
6421 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6422 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
6423 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
6424 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
6425 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6426 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
6427
6428 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
6429
6430 CHANGES WITH 225:
6431
6432 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
6433 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
6434 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
6435 shell directly without prompting for username or
6436 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
6437 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
6438 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
6439 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
6440 the originating session.
6441
6442 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
6443 options and allows other programs to query the values.
6444
6445 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
6446 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
6447 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
6448 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
6449 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
6450 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
6451 probably not stabilize on this release.
6452
6453 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
6454 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
6455 messages.
6456
6457 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
6458 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
6459 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
6460
6461 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
6462 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
6463
6464 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
6465 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
6466 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
6467 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
6468 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
6469 posteriori.
6470
6471 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
6472 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
6473
6474 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
6475 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
6476 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
6477 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
6478 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
6479 "lastlog" tools.
6480
6481 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
6482 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
6483 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
6484 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
6485 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
6486
6487 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
6488 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
6489 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
6490 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
6491 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
6492 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
6493 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
6494 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
6495 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
6496 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
6497 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
6498 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6499
6500 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
6501
6502 CHANGES WITH 224:
6503
6504 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
6505 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
6506
6507 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
6508 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
6509 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
6510
6511 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
6512 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6513 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
6514
6515 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
6516
6517 CHANGES WITH 223:
6518
6519 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
6520 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
6521 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
6522 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6523
6524 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
6525 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
6526
6527 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
6528 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
6529
6530 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
6531
6532 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
6533 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
6534 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
6535
6536 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
6537 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
6538 decapsulated packet.
6539
6540 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
6541 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
6542 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
6543 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
6544 netlink attribute.
6545
6546 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
6547 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
6548 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
6549 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
6550
6551 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
6552 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
6553 according to RFC2460.
6554
6555 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
6556 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
6557
6558 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
6559 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
6560 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
6561
6562 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
6563 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
6564 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
6565 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
6566 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
6567 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
6568
6569 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
6570 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6571 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
6572 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
6573 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
6574 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
6575 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
6576 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
6577 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
6578 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6579
6580 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
6581
6582 CHANGES WITH 222:
6583
6584 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
6585 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
6586 or should be used to work around such bugs.
6587
6588 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
6589 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
6590
6591 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
6592 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
6593 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
6594 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
6595 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
6596
6597 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
6598 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
6599 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
6600
6601 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
6602 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
6603 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
6604 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
6605 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
6606
6607 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6608
6609 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
6610 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
6611 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
6612 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
6613 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
6614 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6615 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
6616 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
6617 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6618 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6619
6620 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
6621
6622 CHANGES WITH 221:
6623
6624 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
6625 stable and have been added to the official interface of
6626 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
6627 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
6628 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
6629 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
6630 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
6631 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
6632 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
6633 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
6634 portable to other kernels.
6635
6636 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
6637 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
6638 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
6639 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
6640 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
6641 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
6642 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
6643 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
6644 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
6645 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
6646 systemd enabled.
6647
6648 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
6649 2.26.
6650
6651 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
6652 favor of calling an abstraction tool
6653 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
6654 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
6655 in README for details.
6656
6657 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
6658 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
6659 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
6660 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
6661 unit.
6662
6663 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
6664 into man pages.
6665
6666 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
6667 external project.
6668
6669 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
6670 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
6671
6672 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
6673 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
6674 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
6675 state.
6676
6677 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
6678 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
6679 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
6680
6681 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
6682 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
6683 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
6684 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
6685 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
6686 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
6687 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
6688 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
6689 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
6690 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6691 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
6692 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
6693 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
6694 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6695 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
6696 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6697
6698 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
6699
6700 CHANGES WITH 220:
6701
6702 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
6703 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
6704 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
6705 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
6706 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
6707 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
6708 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
6709 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
6710
6711 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
6712 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
6713 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
6714 service consumed). This value is only available if
6715 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
6716 in the "systemctl status" output.
6717
6718 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
6719 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
6720 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
6721 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
6722 previously was already the default behaviour).
6723
6724 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
6725 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
6726 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
6727
6728 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
6729 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
6730 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
6731 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
6732
6733 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
6734 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
6735 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
6736 journalling file systems that support external journal
6737 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
6738 systems to be mounted.
6739
6740 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
6741 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
6742 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
6743 stable release this should not be problematic.
6744
6745 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
6746 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
6747 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
6748 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
6749 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
6750
6751 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
6752 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
6753 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
6754 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
6755 network switches.
6756
6757 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
6758 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
6759
6760 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
6761 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
6762 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
6763
6764 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
6765
6766 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
6767 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
6768 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
6769 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
6770 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
6771 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
6772 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
6773 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
6774 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
6775 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
6776 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
6777 been fixed in v220.
6778
6779 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
6780 systemd-networkd.
6781
6782 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
6783 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
6784 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
6785 containers started from the command line.
6786
6787 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
6788 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
6789
6790 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
6791 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
6792 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
6793 indirection via a pseudo tty.
6794
6795 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
6796 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
6797 when shutting down.
6798
6799 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
6800 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
6801 overlayfs support.
6802
6803 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
6804 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
6805 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
6806 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
6807 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
6808 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
6809 images are imported via systemd-importd.
6810
6811 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
6812 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
6813 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
6814
6815 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
6816 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
6817 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
6818 of v1 as before).
6819
6820 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
6821 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
6822
6823 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
6824 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
6825 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
6826 without further privileges or authorization.
6827
6828 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
6829 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
6830 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
6831 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
6832 accessible via a bus interface.
6833
6834 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
6835 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
6836 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
6837 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
6838 to cover this functionality.
6839
6840 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
6841 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
6842 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
6843 disabled/masked also stopped.
6844
6845 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
6846 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
6847 updated to support systemd-boot.
6848
6849 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
6850 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
6851 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
6852 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
6853 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
6854 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
6855 like this and can extract OS release information from them
6856 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
6857 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
6858
6859 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
6860 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
6861 system.
6862
6863 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
6864 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
6865 logic has been turned into a allow list that requires picking block
6866 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
6867
6868 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
6869 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
6870 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
6871 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
6872
6873 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
6874 stick devices has been added.
6875
6876 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
6877 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
6878
6879 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
6880 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
6881 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
6882 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
6883 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
6884
6885 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
6886 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
6887 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
6888
6889 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
6890 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
6891 Debian.
6892
6893 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
6894 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
6895 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
6896
6897 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
6898 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
6899 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
6900 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
6901 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
6902 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
6903 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
6904 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6905 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
6906 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
6907 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6908 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
6909 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
6910 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
6911 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
6912 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
6913 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
6914 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6915 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
6916 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
6917 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
6918 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
6919 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
6920 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
6921 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
6922 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
6923 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6924
6925 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
6926
6927 CHANGES WITH 219:
6928
6929 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
6930 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
6931 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
6932 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
6933 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
6934 interface with and update the database.
6935
6936 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
6937 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
6938 before bytewise copying is done.
6939
6940 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
6941 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
6942 directory, and immediately removed when the container
6943 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
6944 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
6945 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
6946 for starting a container off the root file system of the
6947 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
6948 available on btrfs file systems.
6949
6950 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
6951 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
6952 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
6953 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
6954 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
6955 systems.
6956
6957 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
6958 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
6959 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
6960 mount point remains.
6961
6962 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
6963 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
6964 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
6965 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
6966 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
6967 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
6968 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
6969 are disabled.
6970
6971 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
6972 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
6973 container to the host or vice versa.
6974
6975 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
6976 mount host directories into local containers. This is
6977 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
6978
6979 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
6980 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
6981
6982 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
6983 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
6984 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
6985 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
6986 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
6987 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
6988 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
6989 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
6990 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
6991 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
6992 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
6993 make the functionality of importd available to the
6994 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
6995 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
6996 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
6997 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
6998 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
6999 only fully supported on btrfs.
7000
7001 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
7002 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
7003 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
7004 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
7005 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
7006 information about images.
7007
7008 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
7009 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
7010 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
7011 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
7012 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
7013 legacy file systems).
7014
7015 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
7016 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
7017 shown in networkctl output.
7018
7019 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
7020 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
7021 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
7022 processes as system services while interactively
7023 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
7024 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
7025 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
7026 full login session, the difference being that the former
7027 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
7028 setup.
7029
7030 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
7031 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
7032 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
7033 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
7034 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
7035
7036 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
7037 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
7038 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
7039 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
7040 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
7041 via qemu/kvm.
7042
7043 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
7044 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
7045 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
7046 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
7047 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
7048 disk images, too.
7049
7050 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
7051 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
7052 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
7053 integrate with that.
7054
7055 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
7056 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
7057 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
7058 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
7059
7060 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
7061 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
7062 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
7063
7064 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
7065 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
7066 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
7067 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
7068 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
7069 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
7070 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
7071 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
7072 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
7073 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
7074
7075 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
7076 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
7077 files.
7078
7079 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
7080 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
7081 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
7082 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
7083 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
7084 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
7085 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
7086 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
7087 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
7088 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
7089 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
7090 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
7091 explicitly turned on.
7092
7093 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
7094 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
7095 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
7096 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
7097
7098 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
7099 supported.
7100
7101 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
7102 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
7103 user/session following the status output. Similar,
7104 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
7105 associated with a virtual machine or container
7106 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
7107 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
7108 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
7109 output however.)
7110
7111 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
7112 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
7113 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
7114 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
7115 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
7116 caller's session/user.
7117
7118 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
7119 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
7120 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
7121 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
7122 user services.
7123
7124 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
7125 same way as unit files.
7126
7127 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
7128 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
7129 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
7130 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
7131 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
7132 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
7133 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
7134 the host.
7135
7136 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
7137 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
7138 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
7139 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
7140 the host as if their services were running directly on the
7141 host.
7142
7143 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
7144 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
7145 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
7146 updated to make use of it too by default.
7147
7148 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
7149 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
7150 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
7151 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
7152
7153 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
7154 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
7155 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
7156 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
7157 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
7158 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
7159 modification.
7160
7161 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
7162 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
7163 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7164 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
7165 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
7166 information about Touchpad types.
7167
7168 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
7169 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
7170
7171 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
7172 Policy link field.
7173
7174 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
7175 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
7176
7177 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
7178 ACLs on files.
7179
7180 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
7181 tmpfs, automatically.
7182
7183 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
7184 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
7185 status" output, if available.
7186
7187 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
7188 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
7189 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
7190 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
7191 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
7192 run on next reboot.
7193
7194 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
7195 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
7196 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
7197 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
7198 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
7199 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
7200 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
7201
7202 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
7203 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
7204 after a configurable timeout.
7205
7206 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
7207 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
7208 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
7209 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
7210 it non-idle.
7211
7212 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
7213 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
7214
7215 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
7216 each .network interface in networkd.
7217
7218 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
7219 in .network files.
7220
7221 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
7222 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
7223
7224 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
7225 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
7226 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
7227 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
7228 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
7229 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
7230 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
7231 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
7232 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
7233 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
7234 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
7235 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7236 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
7237 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
7238 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
7239 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
7240 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
7241 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
7242 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
7243 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
7244 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
7245 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
7246 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
7247 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7248
7249 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
7250
7251 CHANGES WITH 218:
7252
7253 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
7254 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
7255 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
7256 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
7257
7258 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
7259 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
7260 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
7261 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
7262 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
7263
7264 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
7265
7266 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
7267 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
7268 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
7269 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
7270 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
7271 modified configuration after editing.
7272
7273 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
7274 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
7275 system preset files.
7276
7277 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
7278 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
7279 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
7280 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
7281 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
7282 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
7283 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
7284 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
7285 other contexts.
7286
7287 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
7288 inhibitors.
7289
7290 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
7291 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
7292 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
7293 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
7294 managers.
7295
7296 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
7297 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
7298 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
7299 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
7300 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
7301 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
7302 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
7303 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
7304 parallel to journald.
7305
7306 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
7307 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
7308 available.
7309
7310 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
7311 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
7312 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
7313 or are not older than the specified time.
7314
7315 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
7316 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
7317 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
7318 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
7319
7320 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
7321 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
7322 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
7323 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
7324 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
7325 communication.
7326
7327 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
7328 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
7329 services.
7330
7331 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
7332 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
7333 including their signature and values. This is particularly
7334 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
7335 the new "busctl tree" command.
7336
7337 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
7338 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
7339 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
7340 friendly way.
7341
7342 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
7343 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
7344 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
7345 race-ful way.
7346
7347 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
7348 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
7349 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
7350 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
7351 --link-journal=try-guest.
7352
7353 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
7354 stable MAC addresses.
7355
7356 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
7357 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
7358 the respective unit shall use.
7359
7360 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
7361 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
7362 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
7363 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
7364
7365 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
7366 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
7367 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
7368 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
7369 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
7370 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
7371
7372 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
7373 details see:
7374
7375 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
7376
7377 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
7378 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
7379 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
7380 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
7381 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
7382 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
7383 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
7384 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
7385 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
7386 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
7387 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
7388 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
7389
7390 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
7391 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
7392 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
7393 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
7394 bluetooth, ...) is used.
7395
7396 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
7397 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
7398 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
7399 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
7400 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
7401 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
7402 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
7403 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
7404
7405 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
7406 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
7407 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
7408 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
7409 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
7410 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
7411 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
7412 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
7413 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
7414 interface.
7415
7416 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
7417 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
7418 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
7419 luks.name= argument.
7420
7421 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
7422 (this was previously already available for scope and service
7423 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
7424 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
7425 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
7426 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
7427
7428 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
7429 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
7430 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
7431
7432 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
7433 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
7434 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
7435 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
7436 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
7437 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
7438 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
7439 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7440 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
7441 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
7442 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7443 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
7444 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
7445 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
7446 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
7447 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7448 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
7449 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7450
7451 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
7452
7453 CHANGES WITH 217:
7454
7455 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
7456 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
7457 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
7458 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
7459
7460 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
7461 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
7462 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
7463 now waits until the operation is complete.
7464
7465 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
7466 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
7467 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
7468 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
7469 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
7470 connection.
7471
7472 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
7473 commands anymore.
7474
7475 * User units are now loaded also from
7476 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
7477 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
7478 supported, but is under the control of the user.
7479
7480 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
7481 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
7482 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
7483 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
7484 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
7485 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
7486 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
7487 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
7488 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
7489 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
7490 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
7491 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
7492 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
7493 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
7494 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
7495 question.
7496
7497 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
7498 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
7499 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
7500
7501 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
7502 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
7503 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
7504 command line to trigger resume.
7505
7506 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
7507 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
7508 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
7509 Desktop=systemd-console.
7510
7511 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
7512 systemd-networkd.
7513
7514 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
7515 from the information provided by the networking stack
7516 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
7517
7518 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
7519 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
7520
7521 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
7522 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
7523 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
7524
7525 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
7526
7527 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
7528 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
7529 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
7530 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
7531 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
7532 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
7533
7534 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
7535 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
7536 respected.
7537
7538 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
7539 virtualization.
7540
7541 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
7542 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
7543 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
7544 on.
7545
7546 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
7547
7548 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
7549
7550 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
7551 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
7552 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
7553 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
7554 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
7555 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
7556 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
7557
7558 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
7559 available for service units, that allows locking all service
7560 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
7561 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
7562 from the service's view entirely.
7563
7564 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
7565 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
7566
7567 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
7568 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
7569 session.
7570
7571 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
7572 legacy-free systems.
7573
7574 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
7575 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
7576 easily.
7577
7578 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
7579 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
7580 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
7581 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
7582 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
7583 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
7584 option.
7585
7586 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
7587 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
7588 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
7589 /usr.
7590
7591 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
7592 services, not only the main process.
7593
7594 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
7595 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
7596 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
7597 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
7598 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
7599
7600 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
7601 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
7602 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
7603 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
7604 directly from now on, again.
7605
7606 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
7607 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
7608 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
7609 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
7610 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
7611 enabling and disabling.
7612
7613 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
7614 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
7615 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
7616 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
7617 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
7618 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
7619 unnecessary or unlikely.
7620
7621 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
7622 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
7623 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7624 "annually", "hourly", ...).
7625
7626 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
7627 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
7628 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
7629 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
7630 overwritten at runtime.
7631
7632 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
7633 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
7634 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
7635 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
7636 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
7637 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
7638 segmentation fault.
7639
7640 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
7641 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
7642 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7643 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
7644 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
7645 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
7646 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
7647 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
7648 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
7649 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
7650 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7651 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
7652 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
7653 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
7654 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
7655 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
7656 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
7657 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
7658 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7659 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7660 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
7661 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7662
7663 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
7664
7665 CHANGES WITH 216:
7666
7667 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
7668 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
7669 implementations should add a
7670
7671 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
7672
7673 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
7674 default functionality.
7675
7676 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
7677 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
7678 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
7679 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
7680 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
7681 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
7682 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
7683 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
7684 files might need to be owned by them. A new
7685 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
7686 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
7687 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
7688 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
7689
7690 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
7691 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
7692 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
7693 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
7694 added eventually, too.
7695
7696 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
7697 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
7698 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
7699 new command to update these fields.
7700
7701 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
7702 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
7703 have been discovered via DHCP.
7704
7705 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
7706 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
7707 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
7708 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
7709 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
7710 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
7711 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
7712 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
7713 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
7714 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
7715 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
7716 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
7717 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
7718 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
7719 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
7720 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
7721 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
7722 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
7723 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
7724 implementation to systemd-resolved.
7725
7726 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
7727 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
7728 containers to their respective IP addresses.
7729
7730 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
7731 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
7732 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
7733 and present it to the user in a very friendly
7734 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
7735 control utility for networkd.
7736
7737 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
7738 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
7739 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
7740 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
7741 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
7742 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
7743 (NoDelay=).
7744
7745 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
7746 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
7747
7748 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
7749 be started only after time-sync.target has been
7750 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
7751 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
7752 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
7753 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
7754
7755 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
7756 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
7757 of the link.
7758
7759 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
7760 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
7761
7762 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
7763 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
7764
7765 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
7766 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
7767 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
7768 for DHCP.
7769
7770 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
7771 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
7772 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
7773 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
7774 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
7775 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
7776 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
7777 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
7778
7779 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
7780 validation of unit files.
7781
7782 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
7783 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
7784 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
7785 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
7786 address may now be configured.
7787
7788 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
7789 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
7790 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
7791 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
7792
7793 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
7794 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
7795
7796 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
7797 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
7798 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
7799 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
7800
7801 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
7802 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
7803 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
7804 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
7805 implementation.
7806
7807 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
7808 journal data to a remote system running
7809 systemd-journal-remote.
7810
7811 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
7812 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
7813 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
7814 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
7815 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
7816 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
7817 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
7818 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
7819 version, you have to turn this option on again
7820 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
7821
7822 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
7823 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
7824 better than XZ which was the previous default.
7825
7826 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
7827 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
7828
7829 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
7830 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
7831
7832 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
7833 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
7834 "systemctl status" output for a service.
7835
7836 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
7837 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
7838 hostname, root password) interactively on first
7839 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
7840 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
7841
7842 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
7843
7844 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
7845
7846 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
7847 when primary addresses are removed.
7848
7849 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
7850 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
7851 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
7852 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
7853 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
7854 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
7855 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7856 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7857 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
7858 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
7859 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
7860 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
7861 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
7862 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
7863 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7864
7865 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
7866
7867 CHANGES WITH 215:
7868
7869 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
7870 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
7871 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
7872 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
7873 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
7874 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
7875 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
7876 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
7877 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
7878 require.
7879
7880 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
7881 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
7882
7883 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
7884 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
7885 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
7886 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
7887 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
7888 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
7889 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
7890
7891 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
7892 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
7893 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
7894 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
7895 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
7896 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
7897 update or reset should use this condition and order
7898 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
7899 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
7900 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
7901 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
7902 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
7903 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
7904 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
7905 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
7906 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
7907
7908 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
7909
7910 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
7911 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
7912 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
7913 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
7914
7915 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
7916 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
7917 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
7918 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
7919 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
7920 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
7921 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
7922 .network files using settings of this section should be
7923 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
7924 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
7925
7926 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
7927 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
7928
7929 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
7930 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
7931 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
7932 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
7933 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
7934 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
7935 of nspawn instances.
7936
7937 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
7938 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
7939 added.
7940
7941 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
7942 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
7943 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
7944 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
7945 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
7946 configuration stored in /etc.
7947
7948 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
7949 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
7950 parsing of unknown mount options.
7951
7952 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
7953 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
7954 it already exist and not already be the correct
7955 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
7956 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
7957 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
7958 pre-existing files of different types.
7959
7960 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
7961 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
7962 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
7963 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
7964 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
7965 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
7966 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
7967
7968 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
7969 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
7970 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
7971 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
7972 shall be executed.
7973
7974 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
7975 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
7976 example whether it is fully up and running.
7977
7978 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
7979 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
7980 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
7981 reset.
7982
7983 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
7984 most basic services systemd ships by default.
7985
7986 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
7987 field for defining the default instance to create if a
7988 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
7989
7990 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
7991 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
7992 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
7993
7994 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
7995 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
7996 access to this group.
7997
7998 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
7999 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
8000 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
8001 to the journal.
8002
8003 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
8004 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
8005 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
8006 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
8007 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
8008 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
8009
8010 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
8011 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
8012 that makes sure to only show information about the most
8013 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
8014 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
8015 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
8016 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
8017 the old name to the new name.
8018
8019 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
8020 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
8021 coredumpctl without restrictions.
8022
8023 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
8024 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
8025 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
8026 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
8027 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
8028 "systemd-debug-generator".
8029
8030 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
8031 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
8032 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
8033 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
8034 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
8035 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
8036 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
8037 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
8038 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
8039 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
8040 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
8041
8042 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
8043 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
8044 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
8045 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
8046 been added to query many of these paths for the local
8047 machine and user.
8048
8049 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
8050 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
8051 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
8052 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
8053 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
8054
8055 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
8056 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
8057 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
8058 couple of drop-in directories.
8059
8060 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
8061 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
8062 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
8063 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
8064 for dev_port.
8065
8066 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
8067 container (read from /etc/os-release and
8068 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
8069 "machinectl status" for a machine.
8070
8071 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
8072 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
8073 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
8074 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
8075 Restart= setting.
8076
8077 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
8078 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
8079 directly connect to a specific container on the
8080 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
8081 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
8082 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
8083 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
8084 containers is a privileged operation.
8085
8086 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
8087 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
8088 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
8089 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
8090 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8091 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
8092 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
8093 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
8094 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
8095 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
8096 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
8097 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8098
8099 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
8100
8101 CHANGES WITH 214:
8102
8103 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
8104 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
8105 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
8106 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
8107 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
8108 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
8109 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
8110 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
8111 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
8112 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8113 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
8114 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
8115 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
8116 devices are excluded from this logic.
8117
8118 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
8119 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
8120 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
8121 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
8122 change has been released.
8123
8124 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8125 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
8126 libattr is thus unnecessary.
8127
8128 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
8129 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
8130 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
8131 with fewer privileges.
8132
8133 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
8134 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
8135 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
8136 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
8137
8138 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
8139 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
8140
8141 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
8142 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
8143
8144 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
8145 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
8146 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
8147
8148 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
8149 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8150 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
8151 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
8152 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
8153 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
8154
8155 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8156 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
8157 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
8158
8159 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8160 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
8161 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
8162 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
8163 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
8164 modifications of user data or system files from
8165 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
8166 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
8167
8168 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
8169 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
8170 and FIFOs in the file system.
8171
8172 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
8173 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
8174 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
8175
8176 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
8177 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
8178 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
8179 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
8180 the socket itself.
8181
8182 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
8183 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
8184 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
8185 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
8186 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
8187 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
8188 symlinks, and nothing else.
8189
8190 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
8191 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
8192 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
8193 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
8194 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
8195 process (for example, the parent process). The
8196 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
8197 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
8198 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
8199 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
8200 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
8201 messages to services when the originating process already
8202 vanished.
8203
8204 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8205 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
8206 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
8207 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
8208 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
8209 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
8210 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
8211 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
8212 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
8213 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
8214 all long-running services.
8215
8216 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
8217 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
8218 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
8219 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
8220 service.
8221
8222 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
8223 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
8224 applied to all submounts, too.
8225
8226 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
8227
8228 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
8229 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
8230 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
8231 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
8232 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
8233 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
8234 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
8235
8236 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
8237 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
8238 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
8239 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
8240 (domU) domains.
8241
8242 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
8243 files or entire directories.
8244
8245 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8246 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
8247 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
8248 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
8249 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
8250
8251 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
8252 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
8253 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
8254 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8255 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
8256 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
8257 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8258 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
8259 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
8260 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
8261 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
8262 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
8263
8264 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
8265 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
8266 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
8267 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
8268
8269 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
8270 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
8271 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8272 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
8273 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
8274 non-directories.
8275
8276 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
8277 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
8278 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
8279
8280 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
8281 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
8282 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
8283 this group.
8284
8285 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
8286 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
8287 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
8288 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
8289 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8290 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
8291 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8292
8293 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
8294
8295 CHANGES WITH 213:
8296
8297 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
8298 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
8299 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8300 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
8301 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
8302 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
8303 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
8304 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8305 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
8306 client should be more than appropriate for most
8307 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
8308 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
8309 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
8310 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
8311 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
8312 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
8313 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8314 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
8315 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8316 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
8317 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
8318
8319 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
8320 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
8321 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
8322 part of a different namespace.
8323
8324 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
8325 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
8326 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
8327 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
8328
8329 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
8330 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
8331 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
8332
8333 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
8334 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
8335 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8336 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
8337 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
8338 restart the service in question.
8339
8340 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
8341 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
8342 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
8343 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
8344 details when running non-locally.
8345
8346 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
8347 graphs it generates.
8348
8349 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
8350 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
8351 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
8352 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
8353 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
8354
8355 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
8356
8357 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
8358 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
8359 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
8360 what it was on SysV systems.
8361
8362 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
8363 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
8364
8365 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
8366 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
8367 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
8368
8369 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
8370 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
8371 to show these addresses in its output.
8372
8373 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
8374 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
8375 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
8376 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
8377 preferred over a text one.
8378
8379 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
8380 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
8381 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
8382 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
8383 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
8384 mDNS cache.
8385
8386 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
8387 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
8388 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
8389 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
8390 of network configuration performed in some other way.
8391
8392 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
8393 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
8394 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
8395 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
8396 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
8397
8398 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
8399 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
8400 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8401 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8402 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
8403 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
8404 overrides any other settings.
8405
8406 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
8407 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
8408 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
8409 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
8410 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
8411 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
8412 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
8413 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
8414 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8415 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8416 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
8417 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
8418 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
8419 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
8420 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
8421 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
8422 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8423
8424 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
8425
8426 CHANGES WITH 212:
8427
8428 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
8429 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
8430 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
8431 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
8432 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
8433 by accident.
8434
8435 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
8436 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
8437 registered with machined.
8438
8439 * sd-login gained new calls
8440 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
8441 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
8442 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
8443 counterparts.
8444
8445 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
8446 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
8447 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
8448 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
8449 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
8450 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
8451 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
8452 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
8453 once.
8454
8455 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
8456 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
8457 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
8458
8459 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
8460 units on all local containers, when used with the
8461 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
8462 executed when no parameters are specified).
8463
8464 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
8465 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
8466 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
8467 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
8468
8469 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
8470 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
8471 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
8472 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
8473 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
8474 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
8475
8476 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
8477 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
8478 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
8479 of the container.
8480
8481 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
8482 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
8483 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
8484 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
8485 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
8486 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
8487 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
8488 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
8489
8490 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
8491 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
8492 instead of /.
8493
8494 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
8495 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
8496 emergency messages now.
8497
8498 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
8499 journal log messages across the network.
8500
8501 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
8502 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
8503 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
8504 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
8505 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
8506 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
8507 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
8508
8509 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
8510 down a local OS container.
8511
8512 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
8513 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
8514 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
8515
8516 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
8517 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
8518 this is appropriate.
8519
8520 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
8521 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
8522 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
8523
8524 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
8525 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
8526 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
8527 for debugging purposes.
8528
8529 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
8530 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
8531 in seconds.
8532
8533 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
8534 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
8535 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
8536 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
8537 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
8538 like on traditional inetd.
8539
8540 * A new system.conf configuration option
8541 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
8542 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
8543
8544 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
8545 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
8546 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
8547 do these days).
8548
8549 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
8550 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
8551 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
8552 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
8553 could not take place because the system was powered off.
8554 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
8555
8556 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
8557 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
8558 it will be triggered.
8559
8560 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
8561 addresses to its local interfaces.
8562
8563 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
8564 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
8565 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
8566 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
8567 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
8568 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
8569 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
8570 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
8571 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8572
8573 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
8574
8575 CHANGES WITH 211:
8576
8577 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
8578 added to restrict which socket address families unit
8579 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
8580 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
8581 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
8582 is built on seccomp system call filters.
8583
8584 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
8585 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
8586 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
8587 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
8588 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
8589 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
8590 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
8591 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
8592 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
8593
8594 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
8595 matching against device group names.
8596
8597 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
8598 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
8599 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
8600 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
8601 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
8602 though.
8603
8604 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
8605 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
8606 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
8607 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
8608 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8609 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
8610 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
8611 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
8612 systems prepared appropriately.
8613
8614 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
8615 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
8616 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8617 (see above). This means that installations made with
8618 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
8619 deployed using container managers, completely
8620 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
8621 this feature soon, too.)
8622
8623 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
8624 set up a private macvlan interface for the
8625 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
8626 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
8627
8628 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
8629 using IPv4LL.
8630
8631 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
8632 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
8633 systemd-networkd.
8634
8635 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
8636 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
8637 still not a public API though (unless you specify
8638 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
8639 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
8640
8641 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
8642 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
8643 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
8644 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
8645 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
8646 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
8647 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
8648 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
8649 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
8650 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
8651 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
8652 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
8653 users.
8654
8655 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
8656 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
8657 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
8658 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
8659 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
8660 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
8661 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
8662 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
8663 due to a closed lid.
8664
8665 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
8666 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
8667 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
8668 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
8669 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
8670 order to then act as suspend blocker.
8671
8672 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
8673 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
8674 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
8675 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
8676 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
8677
8678 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
8679 now also work in --scope mode.
8680
8681 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
8682 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
8683 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
8684 promises are made.)
8685
8686 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
8687 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8688 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
8689 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
8690 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
8691 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
8692 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
8693 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
8694 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
8695 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8696
8697 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
8698
8699 CHANGES WITH 210:
8700
8701 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
8702 according to SMACK rules.
8703
8704 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
8705 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
8706
8707 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
8708 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
8709 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
8710
8711 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
8712 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
8713 and machine ID.
8714
8715 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
8716 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
8717 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
8718 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
8719 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
8720 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
8721 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
8722 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
8723 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
8724 backpack or similar.
8725
8726 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
8727 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
8728 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
8729 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
8730 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
8731 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
8732 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
8733 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
8734 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
8735 this on its own.
8736
8737 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
8738 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
8739 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
8740 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
8741
8742 * We will now ship a default .network file for
8743 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
8744 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
8745 --network-bridge= switches.
8746
8747 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
8748 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
8749 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
8750 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
8751 metrics, according to what is customary according to
8752 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
8753 each configuration option.
8754
8755 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
8756 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
8757 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
8758 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
8759 at once.
8760
8761 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
8762 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
8763 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
8764 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
8765 triggered by other work being done in the program.
8766
8767 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
8768 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
8769 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
8770 default however.
8771
8772 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
8773 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
8774 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
8775 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
8776 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
8777 them with systemd-networkd.
8778
8779 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
8780 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
8781 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
8782 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
8783 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
8784 is drastically increased, but given that these are
8785 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
8786 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
8787 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
8788 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
8789 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
8790 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
8791 during a transitional period!
8792
8793 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
8794 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
8795
8796 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
8797 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8798 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
8799 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
8800 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8801 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8802 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8803 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8804
8805 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
8806
8807 CHANGES WITH 209:
8808
8809 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
8810 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8811 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
8812 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
8813 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8814 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
8815 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
8816 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
8817 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
8818 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
8819 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
8820 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
8821
8822 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
8823 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
8824 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
8825 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
8826 machines and the like.
8827
8828 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
8829 shutdown/boot.
8830
8831 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
8832 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
8833
8834 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
8835 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
8836 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
8837 prepared for additional security frameworks.
8838
8839 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
8840 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8841 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
8842 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8843 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
8844 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
8845
8846 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
8847 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
8848 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
8849 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
8850 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
8851 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
8852 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
8853 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
8854 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
8855
8856 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
8857 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
8858
8859 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
8860 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
8861 implementation.
8862
8863 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
8864 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
8865 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
8866 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
8867 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
8868 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
8869 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
8870 and .service units.
8871
8872 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
8873 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
8874 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
8875
8876 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
8877 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
8878 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
8879 nothing makes use of it.
8880
8881 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
8882 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
8883 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
8884
8885 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
8886 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
8887 compatibility purposes.
8888
8889 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
8890 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
8891 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
8892 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
8893 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
8894 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
8895 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
8896 process handling.
8897
8898 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
8899 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
8900 style to "sd-bus.h".
8901
8902 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
8903 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
8904 "systemd-networkd".
8905
8906 * There is a new kernel command line option
8907 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
8908 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
8909 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
8910 are not restored.
8911
8912 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
8913 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
8914 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
8915 PID1's support for that anymore.
8916
8917 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
8918 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
8919
8920 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
8921 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
8922 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
8923 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
8924 container that is registered with machined, such as those
8925 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
8926
8927 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
8928 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8929 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
8930 onto remote systems.
8931
8932 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
8933 login in any local container. This works with any container
8934 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8935 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
8936
8937 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
8938 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
8939 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
8940 system of some kind.
8941
8942 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
8943 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
8944 next.
8945
8946 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
8947 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
8948 reboot() system call.
8949
8950 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
8951 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8952 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
8953 still available but not advertised anymore.
8954
8955 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
8956 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
8957 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
8958 within each Unit.
8959
8960 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
8961 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8962 the kernel).
8963
8964 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
8965 timestamps (following the setting in
8966 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
8967
8968 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
8969 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
8970
8971 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
8972 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
8973
8974 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
8975 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
8976 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
8977
8978 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
8979 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
8980 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
8981 the full configuration is shown.
8982
8983 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
8984 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
8985 those commands which take multiple unit names.
8986
8987 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
8988
8989 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
8990 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
8991
8992 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
8993 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
8994 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
8995 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
8996
8997 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
8998 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
8999 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
9000 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
9001
9002 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
9003 of the legend text.
9004
9005 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
9006 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
9007 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
9008 remote sessions.
9009
9010 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
9011 information of SDIO devices.
9012
9013 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
9014 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
9015 the system manager.
9016
9017 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
9018 short description of the connection parameters in the
9019 description.
9020
9021 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
9022 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
9023 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
9024 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
9025 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
9026 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
9027 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
9028
9029 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
9030 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
9031 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
9032 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
9033 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
9034 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
9035 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
9036 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
9037 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
9038
9039 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
9040 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
9041 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
9042 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
9043 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
9044 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
9045 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
9046 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
9047 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
9048 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
9049 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
9050 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
9051 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
9052 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
9053 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
9054 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
9055 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
9056 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
9057 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
9058 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
9059 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
9060 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
9061 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
9062
9063 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
9064 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
9065 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
9066 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
9067 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
9068 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
9069 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
9070 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
9071 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
9072 that you are aware of the instability of the current
9073 APIs.
9074
9075 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
9076 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
9077 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
9078 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
9079 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
9080 declare the APIs stable.
9081
9082 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
9083 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
9084 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
9085 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
9086 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
9087 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
9088 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
9089 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
9090 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
9091 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
9092 one of them is updated.
9093
9094 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
9095 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
9096 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
9097 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
9098 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
9099
9100 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
9101 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
9102 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
9103 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
9104 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
9105 entry points.
9106
9107 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
9108 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
9109 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
9110 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
9111 been disabled at compile-time.
9112
9113 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
9114 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
9115 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
9116 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
9117
9118 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
9119 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
9120 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
9121
9122 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
9123 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
9124 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
9125
9126 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
9127 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
9128 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
9129
9130 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
9131 remains until jobs expire.
9132
9133 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
9134 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
9135 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
9136 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
9137 all remaining processes of the service.
9138
9139 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
9140 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
9141 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
9142 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
9143 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
9144 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
9145 manager process which created them takes no further
9146 responsibilities for it.
9147
9148 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
9149 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
9150 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
9151 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
9152 marked executable or world-writable.
9153
9154 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
9155 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
9156 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
9157 "--setenv=" for consistency.
9158
9159 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
9160 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
9161 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
9162 independent of the host.
9163
9164 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
9165 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
9166 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
9167 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
9168
9169 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
9170 with specific SELinux labels set.
9171
9172 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
9173 any additional output but the container's own console
9174 output.
9175
9176 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
9177 container without PID namespacing enabled.
9178
9179 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
9180 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
9181 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
9182 OS images, but only specific apps.
9183
9184 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
9185 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
9186 results in registration of the unit service itself in
9187 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
9188
9189 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
9190 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
9191 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
9192 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
9193 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
9194 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
9195
9196 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
9197 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
9198 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
9199 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
9200 units to use.
9201
9202 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
9203 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
9204 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
9205 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
9206
9207 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
9208 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
9209 context for a service.
9210
9211 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
9212 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
9213 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
9214 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
9215 influence this logic.
9216
9217 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
9218 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
9219 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
9220 other things.
9221
9222 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
9223 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
9224 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
9225 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
9226 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
9227 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
9228 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
9229 architectures). There is also a global
9230 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
9231 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
9232
9233 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
9234 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
9235
9236 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
9237 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
9238 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9239 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
9240 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
9241 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
9242 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
9243 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
9244 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
9245 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
9246 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
9247 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
9248 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9249 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
9250 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
9251 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
9252 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
9253 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
9254 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
9255 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
9256 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
9257 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
9258 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
9259 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9260
9261 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
9262
9263 CHANGES WITH 208:
9264
9265 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
9266 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
9267 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
9268 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
9269 access input and drm devices which are normally
9270 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
9271 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
9272 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
9273 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
9274 session switching without allowing background sessions to
9275 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
9276 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
9277 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
9278
9279 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
9280 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
9281 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
9282
9283 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
9284 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
9285 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
9286 kernel version number.
9287
9288 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
9289 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
9290 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
9291
9292 * This release removes high-level support for the
9293 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
9294 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
9295 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
9296 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
9297
9298 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
9299 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
9300 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
9301 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
9302 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
9303 cgroup system.
9304
9305 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
9306 messages containing the slice a message was generated
9307 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
9308 logs among other things.
9309
9310 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
9311 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
9312 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
9313 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
9314 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
9315 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
9316 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
9317 journald which would be necessary to resolve
9318 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
9319 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
9320 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
9321 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
9322 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
9323 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
9324 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
9325 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
9326 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
9327 not delayed until next reboot.
9328
9329 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
9330 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
9331 systemd generated files in one directory.
9332
9333 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
9334 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
9335 performance information if that's available to determine how
9336 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
9337 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
9338 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
9339
9340 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
9341 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
9342 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
9343 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9344 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
9345 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
9346 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9347
9348 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
9349
9350 CHANGES WITH 207:
9351
9352 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
9353 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
9354 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
9355 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
9356
9357 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
9358 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
9359 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
9360 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
9361 specified on the kernel command line less important.
9362
9363 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
9364 retrieve the VT number of a session.
9365
9366 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
9367 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
9368 maximum number of tries.
9369
9370 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
9371 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
9372 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
9373
9374 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
9375 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
9376
9377 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
9378 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
9379 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
9380
9381 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
9382 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
9383 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
9384
9385 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
9386 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
9387 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
9388 and type).
9389
9390 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
9391 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
9392
9393 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
9394 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
9395 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
9396 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
9397
9398 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
9399 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
9400 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
9401 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
9402 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
9403 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
9404 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
9405 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
9406
9407 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
9408 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
9409 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
9410 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
9411
9412 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
9413 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
9414 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
9415 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
9416 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
9417 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
9418 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
9419
9420 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
9421 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
9422
9423 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
9424 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
9425 automatically after the process terminated.
9426
9427 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
9428 certain paths from operation.
9429
9430 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
9431 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
9432 is received.
9433
9434 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
9435 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
9436 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
9437 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
9438 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
9439 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
9440 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
9441 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
9442 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
9443 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
9444 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
9445 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
9446 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9447
9448 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
9449
9450 CHANGES WITH 206:
9451
9452 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
9453 concepts introduced with 205.
9454
9455 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
9456 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
9457 -r".
9458
9459 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
9460 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
9461 --state= parameter.
9462
9463 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
9464 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
9465 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
9466 the journal.
9467
9468 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
9469 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
9470 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
9471
9472 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
9473 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
9474 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
9475 browsing logs from that point on.
9476
9477 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
9478 of an FSS key.
9479
9480 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
9481 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
9482 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
9483 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
9484 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
9485 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
9486 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
9487 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
9488 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
9489 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
9490 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
9491 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
9492 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
9493 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
9494
9495 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
9496 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
9497 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
9498 backing module right-away.
9499
9500 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
9501 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
9502
9503 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
9504 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
9505
9506 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
9507 set of processes in the message metadata.
9508
9509 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
9510
9511 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
9512 support for passing performance data via environment
9513 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
9514 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
9515 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
9516 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
9517 deserialize it again.
9518
9519 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
9520 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
9521 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
9522 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
9523
9524 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
9525 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
9526 completely silent shutdown when used.
9527
9528 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
9529 option in .socket units.
9530
9531 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
9532 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
9533 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
9534 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
9535 system.slice as before.
9536
9537 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
9538
9539 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
9540 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
9541 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9542 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
9543 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
9544 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
9545 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9546
9547 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
9548
9549 CHANGES WITH 205:
9550
9551 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
9552
9553 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
9554 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
9555 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
9556 possible for system services and applications to group their
9557 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
9558 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
9559 together, or apply resource limits on them.
9560
9561 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
9562 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
9563 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
9564 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
9565 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
9566
9567 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
9568 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
9569 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
9570 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
9571
9572 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
9573 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
9574 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
9575 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
9576 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
9577 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
9578 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
9579 and useful as a general batch manager.
9580
9581 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
9582 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
9583 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
9584 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
9585 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
9586 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
9587 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
9588 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
9589 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
9590 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
9591
9592 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
9593 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
9594 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
9595 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
9596 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
9597 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
9598 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
9599 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
9600 is compile-time optional.
9601
9602 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
9603 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
9604 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
9605 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
9606 well as slice units.
9607
9608 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
9609 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
9610 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
9611 but will be extended later on to make more properties
9612 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
9613 command that wraps this call.
9614
9615 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
9616 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
9617 while configuring a number of settings via the command
9618 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
9619 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
9620 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
9621 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
9622
9623 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
9624 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
9625 off audit.
9626
9627 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
9628 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
9629
9630 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
9631 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
9632 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
9633 and system logs.
9634
9635 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
9636 snippets extending unit files.
9637
9638 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
9639 not available as public API.
9640
9641 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
9642 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
9643 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
9644
9645 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
9646 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
9647 controls what to boot into by default.
9648
9649 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
9650 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
9651
9652 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
9653 generators needed for execution, as well as information
9654 about the unit file loading.
9655
9656 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
9657 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
9658 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
9659 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
9660 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
9661 racy due to journal file rotation.
9662
9663 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
9664 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
9665 all services.
9666
9667 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
9668 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
9669 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
9670 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
9671 system services want to log events about specific client
9672 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
9673 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
9674 unit is requested.
9675
9676 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
9677 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
9678 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
9679 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
9680 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
9681 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9682 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
9683 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
9684 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
9685 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
9686 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9687 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
9688 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
9689
9690 CHANGES WITH 204:
9691
9692 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
9693 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
9694
9695 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
9696 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
9697 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
9698
9699 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
9700 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9701
9702 CHANGES WITH 203:
9703
9704 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
9705 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
9706
9707 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
9708 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
9709 fields, including the root directory.
9710
9711 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
9712 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
9713 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
9714 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
9715 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
9716 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
9717 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
9718 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
9719 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
9720 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
9721 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
9722
9723 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
9724 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
9725
9726 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
9727 have taken an inhibitor lock.
9728
9729 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
9730 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
9731 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
9732 the local hostname.
9733
9734 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
9735 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
9736 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
9737 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
9738 VMs/containers coming and going.
9739
9740 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
9741 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
9742 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
9743
9744 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
9745 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
9746 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
9747 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
9748
9749 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
9750 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
9751 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
9752
9753 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
9754 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
9755 services. With the container's root directory in
9756 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
9757 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
9758
9759 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
9760 the processes within a certain container.
9761
9762 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
9763 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
9764 check though. Patches welcome!
9765
9766 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
9767 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
9768 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
9769 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
9770 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
9771
9772 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
9773 the passed argument if applicable.
9774
9775 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9776 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9777 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
9778 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9779 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
9780 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
9781 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9782 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9783
9784 CHANGES WITH 202:
9785
9786 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
9787 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
9788 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
9789 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
9790 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
9791 units activate.
9792
9793 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
9794 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
9795 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
9796 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
9797 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
9798 for now, and not installable.
9799
9800 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
9801 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
9802 can run in conjunction with udev.
9803
9804 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
9805 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
9806 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
9807 session manager.
9808
9809 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
9810 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
9811 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
9812 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
9813 services, user processes and containers/virtual
9814 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
9815 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
9816 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
9817 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
9818 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
9819 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
9820
9821 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
9822
9823 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
9824 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
9825 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
9826 logical expressions.
9827
9828 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
9829 switches.
9830
9831 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
9832 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
9833 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
9834 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
9835 the user.
9836
9837 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
9838 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
9839 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
9840 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
9841 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
9842 an entry.
9843
9844 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
9845 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9846 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
9847 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9848 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
9849 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9850
9851 CHANGES WITH 201:
9852
9853 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
9854 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
9855 directory.
9856
9857 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
9858 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
9859 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
9860 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
9861 problem.
9862
9863 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
9864 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
9865 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
9866 before the key file is attempted to be read.
9867
9868 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
9869 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
9870
9871 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
9872 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
9873 files in this context are files such as
9874 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
9875
9876 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
9877 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
9878 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
9879 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
9880 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
9881 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
9882
9883 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
9884 hostnames.
9885
9886 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
9887 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
9888 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
9889 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
9890 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
9891 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
9892 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
9893 all time-related output of systemd.
9894
9895 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
9896 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
9897 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
9898 loops.
9899
9900 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
9901 (models, layouts, variants, options).
9902
9903 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
9904 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
9905 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
9906 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
9907 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
9908
9909 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
9910 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
9911 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
9912 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
9913 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
9914 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
9915 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
9916
9917 CHANGES WITH 200:
9918
9919 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
9920 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
9921 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
9922 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
9923 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
9924 middle ground between physical and access time order.
9925
9926 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
9927 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
9928 images.
9929
9930 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
9931 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
9932 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9933
9934 CHANGES WITH 199:
9935
9936 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
9937
9938 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
9939 security policy.
9940
9941 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
9942 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
9943 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
9944 shared by all processes of a service (which means
9945 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
9946 the same service can still access). When a service is
9947 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
9948 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
9949 this though).
9950
9951 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
9952 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
9953 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
9954 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
9955 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
9956 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
9957
9958 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
9959 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
9960
9961 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
9962 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
9963
9964 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
9965
9966 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
9967 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
9968 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
9969 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
9970 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
9971
9972 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
9973 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
9974 system is to be mounted.
9975
9976 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
9977 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
9978 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
9979 purpose for socket units.
9980
9981 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
9982 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
9983
9984 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
9985 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
9986 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
9987 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
9988 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
9989
9990 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
9991 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
9992 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9993 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9994 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
9995 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
9996 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9997 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9998 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9999
10000 CHANGES WITH 198:
10001
10002 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
10003 files without having to edit/override the unit files
10004 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
10005 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
10006 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
10007 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
10008 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
10009 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
10010 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
10011 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
10012 unit files locally: copying the files from
10013 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
10014 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
10015 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
10016 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
10017 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
10018 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
10019 for them too.
10020
10021 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
10022 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
10023 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
10024 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
10025 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
10026 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
10027 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
10028 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
10029 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
10030
10031 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
10032 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
10033
10034 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
10035 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
10036 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
10037 other users.
10038
10039 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
10040 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
10041 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
10042 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
10043 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
10044 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
10045 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
10046 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
10047 management logic is also available to other programs via the
10048 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
10049 supported.
10050
10051 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
10052 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
10053 the foreground VT.
10054
10055 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
10056 call.
10057
10058 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
10059 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
10060 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
10061 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
10062 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
10063 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
10064 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
10065 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
10066 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
10067 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
10068 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
10069 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
10070 also been removed.
10071
10072 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
10073 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
10074 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
10075 objects themselves.
10076
10077 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
10078
10079 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
10080 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
10081 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
10082 to how this is supported in shells.
10083
10084 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
10085 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
10086 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
10087 user systemd instance.
10088
10089 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
10090 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
10091 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
10092 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
10093 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
10094 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
10095 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
10096 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
10097 one day for good in the kernel.
10098
10099 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
10100 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
10101 container.
10102
10103 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
10104 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
10105 the host into the container.
10106
10107 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
10108 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
10109 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
10110 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
10111 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
10112 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
10113
10114 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
10115
10116 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
10117 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
10118 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
10119 configured to be mounted there.
10120
10121 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
10122 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
10123 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
10124 system resume events.
10125
10126 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
10127 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
10128 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
10129 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
10130
10131 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
10132 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
10133 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
10134 card).
10135
10136 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
10137 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
10138 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
10139
10140 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
10141 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
10142 later "change" event.
10143
10144 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
10145 now carry a message ID.
10146
10147 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
10148 continues to be work in progress.
10149
10150 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
10151 root directory to operate relative to.
10152
10153 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
10154 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
10155 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
10156 times a little.
10157
10158 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
10159 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
10160 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
10161 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
10162 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
10163 request boot into firmware operations.
10164
10165 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
10166 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
10167 correctly in initrds.
10168
10169 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
10170 compile time optional via a configure switch.
10171
10172 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
10173 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
10174
10175 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
10176 the status of all active or failed units.
10177
10178 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
10179 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
10180 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
10181 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
10182 requests more robust.
10183
10184 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
10185 reading journal files.
10186
10187 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
10188 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
10189
10190 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
10191
10192 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
10193 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
10194
10195 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
10196 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
10197 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
10198 socket activation in daemons.
10199
10200 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
10201 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
10202
10203 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
10204 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
10205 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
10206
10207 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
10208 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
10209 system units.
10210
10211 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
10212 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
10213 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
10214
10215 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
10216 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
10217 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
10218 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
10219 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
10220 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
10221 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
10222 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
10223 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
10224 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
10225 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
10226 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
10227 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
10228 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
10229 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
10230 package installation time.
10231
10232 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
10233 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
10234 scripts need to create these system user/group at
10235 installation time.
10236
10237 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
10238 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
10239
10240 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
10241
10242 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
10243 available.
10244
10245 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
10246 load SMACK policies at early boot.
10247
10248 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
10249 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
10250 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
10251 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
10252 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10253 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
10254 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
10255 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
10256 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
10257 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
10258 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
10259 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10260 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
10261 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
10262
10263 CHANGES WITH 197:
10264
10265 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
10266 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
10267 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
10268 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
10269 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
10270 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
10271 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
10272 the supported calendar time specification language see
10273 systemd.time(7).
10274
10275 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
10276 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
10277 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
10278 document for details:
10279
10280 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
10281
10282 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
10283 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
10284 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
10285 implementations around and minimal in its code and
10286 dependencies.
10287
10288 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
10289 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
10290 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
10291 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
10292 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
10293 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
10294 with a configure switch.
10295
10296 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
10297 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
10298 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
10299 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
10300 such as ext4.
10301
10302 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
10303 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
10304 identities are attached to the devices as well.
10305
10306 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
10307 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
10308
10309 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
10310 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
10311 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
10312 using only core OS tools.
10313
10314 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
10315 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
10316 implementation of socket activated nspawn
10317 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
10318 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
10319 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
10320 eventually.
10321
10322 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
10323 presenting log data.
10324
10325 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
10326 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
10327
10328 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
10329 system on idle.
10330
10331 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
10332 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
10333 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
10334 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
10335 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
10336 information if possible.
10337
10338 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
10339 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
10340 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
10341
10342 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
10343 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
10344 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
10345 is running on battery power.
10346
10347 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
10348 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
10349 is in the "failed" state.
10350
10351 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
10352 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
10353 environment files at once.
10354
10355 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
10356 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
10357 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
10358 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
10359 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
10360 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
10361 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
10362 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
10363 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
10364 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
10365 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
10366 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
10367 pieces of code locally from the git history.
10368
10369 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
10370 log the unit name in the message meta data.
10371
10372 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
10373 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
10374
10375 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
10376 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
10377 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
10378 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
10379 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
10380 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
10381 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
10382 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
10383 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
10384 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
10385 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
10386 shipped from us upstream.
10387
10388 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
10389 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
10390 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
10391 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
10392 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10393 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
10394 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
10395 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
10396 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
10397 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
10398 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
10399 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
10400 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10401
10402 CHANGES WITH 196:
10403
10404 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
10405 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
10406 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
10407 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
10408 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
10409 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
10410 becoming the one central database for non-essential
10411 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
10412 database was only attached to select devices, since the
10413 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
10414 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
10415 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
10416 data for all devices where this is available, by
10417 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
10418 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
10419 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
10420 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
10421 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
10422 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
10423
10424 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
10425 indexed database to link up additional information with
10426 journal entries. For further details please check:
10427
10428 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
10429
10430 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
10431 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
10432 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
10433 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
10434 macro for this purpose.
10435
10436 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
10437 Python logging framework.
10438
10439 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
10440 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
10441 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
10442 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
10443 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
10444 time intervals.
10445
10446 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
10447 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
10448 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
10449
10450 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
10451 right-away on the selected coredump.
10452
10453 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
10454 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
10455 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
10456
10457 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
10458 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
10459 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
10460 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
10461
10462 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
10463 default.
10464
10465 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
10466 SMACK security label.
10467
10468 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
10469 daylight saving change.
10470
10471 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
10472 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
10473 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
10474 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
10475 distributions who still need support this to either continue
10476 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
10477 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
10478
10479 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
10480 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
10481 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
10482 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
10483 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
10484 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
10485 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
10486
10487 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
10488 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
10489
10490 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
10491 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
10492 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
10493 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
10494 offline updating tools.
10495
10496 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
10497 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
10498 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
10499 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
10500 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
10501 directories for packages to place various data files in.
10502
10503 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
10504 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
10505
10506 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
10507 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
10508 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
10509 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10510 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
10511 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
10512 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
10513 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
10514 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10515
10516 CHANGES WITH 195:
10517
10518 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
10519 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
10520 units via --unit=/-u.
10521
10522 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
10523 right thing.
10524
10525 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
10526 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
10527 rotation.
10528
10529 * The journal will now index the available field values for
10530 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
10531 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
10532 completion of journalctl has been updated
10533 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
10534 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
10535
10536 * More service events are now written as structured messages
10537 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
10538
10539 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
10540 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
10541 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
10542 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
10543 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
10544 these settings from the command line now, especially since
10545 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
10546 completion.
10547
10548 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
10549 extract coredumps from the journal.
10550
10551 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
10552 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
10553 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
10554 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
10555 scratch their heads.
10556
10557 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
10558 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
10559
10560 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
10561 in immediate termination of systemd.
10562
10563 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
10564 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
10565
10566 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
10567 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
10568 mouse screen support has been added.
10569
10570 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
10571 Server-Sent-Events as output.
10572
10573 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
10574 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
10575 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
10576 "systemctl reload".
10577
10578 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
10579 -u" instead.
10580
10581 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
10582 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
10583 configured.
10584
10585 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
10586 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
10587
10588 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
10589 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
10590 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
10591 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
10592 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
10593 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
10594 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
10595
10596 CHANGES WITH 194:
10597
10598 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
10599 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
10600 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
10601 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
10602 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
10603 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
10604 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
10605 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
10606 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
10607 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
10608 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
10609 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
10610
10611 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
10612 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
10613 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10614
10615 CHANGES WITH 193:
10616
10617 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
10618 starting from the specified location in the journal.
10619
10620 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
10621 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
10622 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
10623
10624 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
10625 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
10626 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
10627 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
10628 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
10629 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
10630 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
10631
10632 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
10633 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
10634
10635 This will download the journal contents in a
10636 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
10637
10638 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
10639
10640 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
10641 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
10642 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
10643 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
10644 screenshot of this app in its current state:
10645
10646 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
10647
10648 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
10649 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
10650
10651 CHANGES WITH 192:
10652
10653 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
10654 too.
10655
10656 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
10657 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
10658 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
10659 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
10660 just start them.
10661
10662 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
10663 and line break accordingly.
10664
10665 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10666 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
10667
10668 CHANGES WITH 191:
10669
10670 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
10671 container environment, copying the host's timezone
10672 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
10673 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
10674 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
10675
10676 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
10677 will default to 10 if omitted.
10678
10679 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
10680 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
10681 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
10682 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
10683 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
10684
10685 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
10686 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
10687 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
10688 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
10689 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
10690 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
10691 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
10692
10693 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
10694 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
10695 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
10696 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
10697 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
10698 into two.
10699
10700 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
10701 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
10702
10703 CHANGES WITH 190:
10704
10705 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
10706 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
10707 "systemctl status".
10708
10709 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
10710 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
10711 system to another place in the same file system could not be
10712 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
10713 field.)
10714
10715 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
10716 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
10717 default.
10718
10719 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
10720 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
10721 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
10722 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
10723 in a container.
10724
10725 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
10726 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
10727 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
10728 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
10729 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
10730 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
10731
10732 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
10733 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
10734 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
10735 no-op.
10736
10737 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
10738 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
10739 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
10740 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
10741 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
10742
10743 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
10744 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
10745
10746 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
10747 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
10748 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
10749 command.
10750
10751 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
10752 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
10753 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
10754
10755 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
10756
10757 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
10758 multiple files at once.
10759
10760 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
10761 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
10762 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
10763 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
10764 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
10765 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
10766 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
10767
10768 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
10769 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
10770 now support specifiers as well.
10771
10772 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
10773 dir: %_presetdir.
10774
10775 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
10776 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
10777
10778 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
10779 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
10780 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
10781 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
10782 anymore.
10783
10784 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
10785 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
10786 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
10787 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
10788
10789 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
10790 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
10791 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
10792
10793 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
10794 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
10795 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
10796 sockets.
10797
10798 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
10799 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
10800 is changed.
10801
10802 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
10803 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
10804 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
10805 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
10806 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
10807 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
10808 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
10809
10810 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
10811
10812 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
10813 the unit file label and client process label into account.
10814
10815 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
10816 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
10817
10818 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
10819 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
10820 (%b).
10821
10822 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
10823 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
10824 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10825 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10826 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
10827 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10828 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10829
10830 CHANGES WITH 189:
10831
10832 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
10833 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
10834
10835 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
10836 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
10837 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
10838 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
10839 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
10840 syslog daemons again.
10841
10842 * The libudev API gained the new
10843 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
10844
10845 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
10846 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
10847 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
10848 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
10849
10850 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
10851 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
10852 container.
10853
10854 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
10855 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
10856 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
10857 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
10858 this explaining it in more detail.
10859
10860 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
10861 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
10862 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
10863 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
10864
10865 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
10866 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
10867 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
10868 journal files.
10869
10870 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
10871 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
10872 as container init process a lot more fun.
10873
10874 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
10875 entries.
10876
10877 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
10878 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
10879 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
10880 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
10881 different sets of services.
10882
10883 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
10884 failure state.
10885
10886 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
10887 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
10888 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10889
10890 CHANGES WITH 188:
10891
10892 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
10893 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
10894 tree a lot more organized.
10895
10896 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
10897 may be used to group services in a natural way.
10898
10899 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
10900 services.
10901
10902 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
10903 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
10904 filtering by log level now.
10905
10906 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
10907 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
10908 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
10909
10910 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
10911 command lines involving service unit names.
10912
10913 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
10914 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
10915
10916 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
10917 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
10918 and encodes structured information about the error number.
10919
10920 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
10921 option.
10922
10923 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
10924 a shutdown is cancelled.
10925
10926 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
10927 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
10928 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
10929 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
10930 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
10931
10932 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
10933 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
10934 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
10935 for display managers instead.
10936
10937 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
10938 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
10939 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
10940 protection, and suchlike.
10941
10942 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
10943 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
10944 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
10945 the service.
10946
10947 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
10948 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
10949 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
10950 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
10951 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
10952 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10953
10954 CHANGES WITH 187:
10955
10956 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
10957 pages.
10958
10959 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
10960 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
10961 data loss.
10962
10963 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
10964 option.
10965
10966 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
10967
10968 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
10969 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
10970
10971 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
10972 specific directory.
10973
10974 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
10975 messages of two different boots.
10976
10977 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
10978 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
10979 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
10980
10981 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
10982 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
10983 disjunctions.
10984
10985 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
10986 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
10987 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
10988
10989 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
10990 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
10991 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
10992
10993 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
10994 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
10995 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
10996 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
10997 speed things up a bit.
10998
10999 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
11000 header data of journal files.
11001
11002 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
11003 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
11004 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
11005
11006 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
11007 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
11008 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
11009 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
11010
11011 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
11012
11013 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
11014 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
11015 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
11016 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11017
11018 CHANGES WITH 186:
11019
11020 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
11021 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
11022 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
11023 prefixed with rd.
11024
11025 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
11026 automatically generated at boot. Use:
11027
11028 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
11029
11030 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
11031
11032 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
11033
11034 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
11035 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
11036 as well.
11037
11038 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
11039 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
11040 in all appropriate directories automatically.
11041
11042 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
11043 does the right thing. Example:
11044
11045 udevadm info /dev/sda
11046 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
11047
11048 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
11049 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
11050 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
11051 running.
11052
11053 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
11054 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
11055
11056 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
11057 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
11058
11059 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
11060 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
11061 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
11062 files.
11063
11064 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
11065 be stopped that is not loaded.
11066
11067 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
11068
11069 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
11070
11071 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
11072 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
11073 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
11074 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
11075
11076 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
11077 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
11078 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
11079 completed initialization.
11080
11081 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
11082
11083 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
11084 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
11085 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
11086 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
11087 distributions.
11088
11089 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
11090 always valid when services log to the journal via
11091 STDOUT/STDERR.
11092
11093 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
11094 command line options we understand.
11095
11096 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
11097 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
11098
11099 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
11100 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
11101
11102 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
11103 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
11104 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
11105 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
11106
11107 systemctl status /home
11108 systemctl status /dev/sda
11109
11110 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
11111 system.conf parsing.
11112
11113 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
11114 Manager object.
11115
11116 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
11117
11118 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
11119
11120 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
11121 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
11122 complete.
11123
11124 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
11125 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
11126 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
11127 systemd-fsck@.service.
11128
11129 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
11130 Manager object.
11131
11132 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
11133 work sensibly.
11134
11135 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
11136 we actually understand.
11137
11138 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
11139 additional capabilities to the container.
11140
11141 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
11142 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
11143 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
11144
11145 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
11146 the current boot only.
11147
11148 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
11149 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
11150
11151 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
11152 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
11153 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
11154 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
11155 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
11156
11157 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
11158
11159 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
11160 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11161 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
11162 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
11163
11164 CHANGES WITH 185:
11165
11166 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
11167 available.
11168
11169 * Several new man pages have been added.
11170
11171 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
11172 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
11173 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
11174 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
11175
11176 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
11177 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
11178
11179 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
11180 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
11181 Matthias Clasen
11182
11183 CHANGES WITH 184:
11184
11185 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
11186 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
11187
11188 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
11189 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
11190 daemon.
11191
11192 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
11193 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
11194
11195 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
11196 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
11197 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
11198 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
11199
11200 CHANGES WITH 183:
11201
11202 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
11203 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
11204 and systemd's most recent version number.
11205
11206 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
11207 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
11208 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
11209 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
11210 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
11211 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
11212
11213 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
11214 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
11215 subsystems.
11216
11217 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
11218 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
11219 used to subscribe to events.
11220
11221 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
11222 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
11223 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
11224 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
11225 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
11226 forked by udev rules.
11227
11228 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
11229 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
11230 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
11231 it.
11232
11233 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
11234 udev_monitor_from_socket()
11235 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
11236 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
11237 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
11238
11239 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
11240 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
11241
11242 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
11243 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
11244 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
11245 the files to the new names on upgrade.
11246
11247 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
11248 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
11249 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
11250 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
11251 to be used as drop-in files.
11252
11253 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
11254 particular suspending and hibernating.
11255
11256 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
11257 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
11258 about this in more detail.
11259
11260 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
11261 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
11262 places). Distributions which have not converted these
11263 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
11264 from git history and add them downstream.
11265
11266 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
11267 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
11268 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
11269 units.
11270
11271 * All smaller setup units (such as
11272 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
11273 are run in a container and are skipped when
11274 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
11275 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
11276
11277 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
11278 integrated, for details see:
11279 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
11280
11281 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
11282 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
11283 messages.
11284
11285 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
11286 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
11287 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
11288 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
11289 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
11290
11291 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
11292 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
11293 for all units started by PID 1.
11294
11295 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
11296 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
11297 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
11298
11299 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
11300 of PID 1 anymore.
11301
11302 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
11303 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
11304 have not been read by systemd yet.
11305
11306 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
11307 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
11308 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
11309 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
11310 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
11311 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
11312
11313 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
11314 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
11315
11316 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
11317
11318 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
11319 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
11320 so sexy.
11321
11322 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
11323 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
11324 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
11325 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
11326 patterns.
11327
11328 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
11329 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
11330 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
11331 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
11332
11333 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
11334 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
11335
11336 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
11337 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
11338 in systemd now.
11339
11340 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
11341 ID on the command line.
11342
11343 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
11344 for an init system.
11345
11346 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
11347 vt100.
11348
11349 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
11350
11351 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
11352 components now have directories of their own.
11353
11354 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
11355
11356 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
11357 container in other hierarchies.
11358
11359 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
11360 system.conf.
11361
11362 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
11363
11364 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
11365 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
11366
11367 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
11368 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
11369
11370 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
11371 locally generated journal files.
11372
11373 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
11374
11375 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
11376
11377 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
11378 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
11379 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
11380 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
11381 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
11382 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
11383 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
11384 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
11385 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
11386 Gundersen
11387
11388 CHANGES WITH 44:
11389
11390 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11391
11392 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
11393 KVM or container configured UUID.
11394
11395 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
11396
11397 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
11398
11399 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
11400 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
11401
11402 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
11403
11404 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
11405 folks
11406
11407 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
11408 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
11409 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
11410
11411 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
11412 configuration
11413
11414 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
11415 free fashion
11416
11417 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
11418 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
11419 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
11420 automatically generated data.
11421
11422 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
11423 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
11424 however.
11425
11426 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
11427 tarball.
11428
11429 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
11430 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
11431 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
11432 Reding
11433
11434 CHANGES WITH 43:
11435
11436 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11437
11438 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
11439
11440 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
11441
11442 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
11443 normal user logins.
11444
11445 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
11446 Biebl
11447
11448 CHANGES WITH 42:
11449
11450 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
11451
11452 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
11453 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
11454 xsltproc.
11455
11456 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
11457 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
11458 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
11459
11460 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
11461 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
11462 reboot can automatically be triggered.
11463
11464 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
11465
11466 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
11467 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
11468 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
11469
11470 CHANGES WITH 41:
11471
11472 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
11473 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
11474 package update.
11475
11476 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
11477 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
11478 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
11479
11480 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
11481 complete.
11482
11483 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
11484 understood to set system wide environment variables
11485 dynamically at boot.
11486
11487 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
11488
11489 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
11490 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
11491 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
11492 files.
11493
11494 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11495 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
11496 William Douglas
11497
11498 CHANGES WITH 40:
11499
11500 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11501
11502 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
11503 "Result" D-Bus property.
11504
11505 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
11506 the next few releases.)
11507
11508 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
11509 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
11510 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
11511 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
11512
11513 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
11514 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
11515 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
11516
11517 CHANGES WITH 39:
11518
11519 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11520 bugfixes.
11521
11522 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
11523 resource usage.
11524
11525 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
11526 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
11527 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
11528 journals by the respective users.
11529
11530 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
11531 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
11532 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
11533
11534 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
11535 client for all entries.
11536
11537 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
11538
11539 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
11540 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
11541
11542 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
11543 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
11544 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
11545 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
11546
11547 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
11548 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
11549 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
11550
11551 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
11552 journal along with meta data.
11553
11554 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
11555 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
11556 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
11557
11558 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
11559 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
11560 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
11561
11562 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
11563
11564 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
11565 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
11566 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
11567 or fsck.
11568
11569 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
11570 requested with new -k switch.
11571
11572 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11573 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
11574
11575 CHANGES WITH 38:
11576
11577 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11578 bugfixes.
11579
11580 * The git repository moved to:
11581 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
11582 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
11583
11584 * First release with the journal
11585 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
11586
11587 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
11588 systemd-stdout-bridge.
11589
11590 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
11591
11592 * Many systemadm clean-ups
11593
11594 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
11595 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
11596 remote mounts.
11597
11598 * Added Mageia support
11599
11600 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
11601
11602 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
11603 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
11604 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
11605 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
11606 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
11607
11608 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
11609 of existing distributions.
11610
11611 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
11612 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
11613
11614 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
11615 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
11616 boot.
11617
11618 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
11619
11620 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
11621 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
11622 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
11623 among other things.
11624
11625 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
11626 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
11627
11628 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
11629
11630 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
11631 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
11632 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
11633
11634 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
11635 restored.
11636
11637 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
11638 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
11639 kmod
11640
11641 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
11642 of /usr/local by default.
11643
11644 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
11645 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
11646 in:
11647 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
11648
11649 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
11650 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
11651 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
11652 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
11653 supported anyway, and bad style).
11654
11655 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
11656 reloading of units together.
11657
11658 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
11659 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
11660 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
11661 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
11662 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek